[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2023273783A1 - Positioning method, apparatus and system - Google Patents

Positioning method, apparatus and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023273783A1
WO2023273783A1 PCT/CN2022/096685 CN2022096685W WO2023273783A1 WO 2023273783 A1 WO2023273783 A1 WO 2023273783A1 CN 2022096685 W CN2022096685 W CN 2022096685W WO 2023273783 A1 WO2023273783 A1 WO 2023273783A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cell
terminal
location
time
information
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2022/096685
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
吴烨丹
耿婷婷
唐珣
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Publication of WO2023273783A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023273783A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W64/00Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management
    • H04W64/003Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management locating network equipment
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W64/00Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of communication, and in particular to a positioning method, device and system.
  • Positioning that is, obtaining location information of a terminal, is one of the important functions in a communication system.
  • the location of the terminal can be determined by a location management function (location management function, LMF) network element using related positioning technologies.
  • LMF location management function
  • common positioning technologies may include positioning technologies based on signal quality, signal angle, or signal arrival time difference.
  • NTN non-terrestrial network
  • the satellite In NTN, the satellite is far away from the ground, and the signal quality and signal arrival time difference between the center of the cell and the edge of the cell associated with the satellite is very small.
  • the angle of the signal and the angle of the signal in the terrestrial network are very different, and the signal of some satellites is always perpendicular to the ground. Therefore, positioning techniques, whether based on signal quality or signal angle, or signal time of arrival, may no longer be suitable for NTN.
  • the present application provides a positioning method, device and system, which can be used to realize terminal positioning in a non-terrestrial network NTN.
  • a positioning method is provided.
  • the method can be executed by a terminal, or by a component of the terminal, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the terminal, or by a device that can realize all or part of the terminal functions.
  • this application uses the terminal to execute the method as an example for illustration.
  • the method includes: determining positioning information, and sending the positioning information to network equipment.
  • the positioning information includes one or more of the following: the remaining coverage time of at least one cell, the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, or the distance between the first location of the terminal and the location of the cell, where the first location of the terminal is the terminal.
  • the determined position, the cell position includes a center position and/or an edge position of at least one cell, and at least one cell is associated with a satellite.
  • the terminal reports the remaining time of cell coverage, the continuous coverage time of the cell, or the distance between the terminal and the center and/or edge of the cell to the network device. Therefore, in the NTN, the network equipment can combine the information reported by the terminal and the information specific to the NTN, such as the satellite ephemeris, to realize the terminal positioning in the NTN.
  • the network device calculates the position of the terminal based on the remaining coverage time reported by the terminal, the continuous coverage time, or the distance between the terminal and the center and/or edge of the cell, etc., and the network device finds that the calculated position is not If it exists, it can be considered that the information reported by the terminal is false information, so that an illegal terminal, or a terminal that has been hijacked or attacked can be identified, and then services for the terminal can be stopped in the future to reduce the waste of resources.
  • At least one cell includes the first cell; the positioning information includes the remaining coverage time of the at least one cell; determining the positioning information includes: according to the ephemeris of the first satellite, the first satellite The coverage range of a cell and the first location of the terminal determine the remaining coverage time of the first cell, and the first satellite is associated with the first cell. Based on this embodiment, the terminal can determine the remaining coverage time of the cell according to the specific information in NTN such as satellite ephemeris.
  • determining the remaining coverage time of the first cell according to the ephemeris of the first satellite, the coverage of the first cell, and the first location of the terminal includes: according to The ephemeris of the first satellite, determine the moving direction and moving speed of the first satellite; determine the first position and the first cell of the terminal according to the first position of the terminal, the coverage of the first cell, and the moving direction of the first satellite The distance between the first edges, the first edge is an edge away from the moving direction; according to the moving speed of the first satellite and the distance between the first position of the terminal and the first edge, determine the remaining coverage time of the first cell. Based on this embodiment, a specific method for determining the remaining time of cell coverage is provided.
  • the method further includes: receiving first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of the positioning information includes remaining coverage time.
  • the terminal can determine the positioning information according to the instruction of the network device, thereby improving the usability of the positioning information, reducing the occurrence probability of the terminal determining useless information, and improving the positioning efficiency.
  • At least one cell includes a second cell
  • the positioning information includes the distance between the first location of the terminal and the location of the cell
  • determining the positioning information includes: according to the second cell coverage range and the first location of the terminal, determine the distance between the first location of the terminal and the edge location and/or center location of the second cell; or, according to the ephemeris of the second satellite and the first location of the terminal, determine The distance between the first location of the terminal and the central location of the second cell, and the second satellite is associated with the second cell.
  • the terminal can determine the distance between the first location of the terminal and the location of the cell according to the specific information in the NTN such as satellite ephemeris.
  • determining the distance between the first location of the terminal and the center location of the second cell according to the ephemeris of the second satellite and the first location of the terminal includes: Determine the position of the second satellite according to the ephemeris of the second satellite, determine the center position of the second cell according to the position of the second satellite; determine the distance between the center position of the second cell and the first position of the terminal.
  • the method further includes: receiving second indication information from the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes the location between the terminal and the location of the cell distance.
  • the terminal can determine the positioning information according to the instruction of the network device, thereby improving the usability of the positioning information, reducing the occurrence probability of the terminal determining useless information, and improving the positioning efficiency.
  • the method further includes: sending first time information to the network device, where the first time information is used to indicate the time when the positioning information is determined.
  • the first time information reported by the terminal can enable the network device to know that the positioning information reported by the terminal corresponds to a certain time, so that the coverage of the cell at that time can be determined according to the time information, and the coverage can be determined based on the coverage. The location of the terminal, thereby improving the positioning accuracy.
  • At least one cell includes a third cell; the positioning information includes the continuous coverage time of at least one cell; determining the positioning information includes: measuring the third cell to obtain the third cell The signal quality of the third cell; determine the continuous coverage time of the third cell according to the signal quality of the third cell.
  • the method further includes: sending second time information to the network device, the second time information is used to indicate the measurement duration, and the measurement duration includes the time when the measurement of the third cell is started Duration until the time the measurement of the third cell is stopped.
  • the second time information reported by the terminal can enable the network device to know that the positioning information reported by the terminal corresponds to a certain period of time, so that the coverage of the cell within the period can be determined according to the time information, and based on the coverage The range determines the location of the terminal, thereby improving positioning accuracy.
  • determining the positioning information includes: starting a timer, and determining the positioning information during running of the timer. Based on this embodiment, the terminal can determine the location information within the running time of the timer, avoiding the terminal from measuring the cell without restriction, thereby reducing the time delay of determining the location information, and further reducing the overall time delay of positioning. In addition, the energy consumption of the terminal can also be saved.
  • sending the positioning information to the network device includes: sending the positioning information to the network device when the number of at least one cell is greater than or equal to a first threshold; or, When the number of at least one cell is greater than or equal to the first threshold, and the continuous coverage time of at least one cell is greater than or equal to the second threshold, the location information is sent to the network device.
  • the terminal sends positioning information to the network device under certain conditions, that is, the content of the positioning information is limited, so that the positioning information includes the continuous coverage time of a certain number of cells. Further, the continuous coverage time of the cells is greater than Or equal to a certain threshold, so as to improve the accuracy of the network device in locating the terminal according to the locating information.
  • the method further includes: receiving third indication information from the network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the type of the positioning information includes continuous coverage time.
  • the terminal can determine the positioning information according to the instruction of the network device, thereby improving the usability of the positioning information, reducing the occurrence probability of the terminal determining useless information, and improving the positioning efficiency.
  • the method further includes: receiving fourth indication information from the network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one cell.
  • a positioning method is provided.
  • the method can be executed by a network device, or by a component of the network device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the network device, or can be implemented by all or part of the Logical modules or software implementations of network device functions.
  • the method includes: receiving positioning information from the terminal, and determining the second position of the terminal according to the positioning information.
  • the positioning information includes one or more of the following: the remaining coverage time of at least one cell, the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, or the distance between the first location of the terminal and the location of the cell, where the first location of the terminal is the terminal
  • the determined position, the cell position includes a center position and/or an edge position of at least one cell, and at least one cell is associated with a satellite.
  • the technical effect brought by the second aspect can refer to the technical effect brought by the first aspect above, and will not be repeated here.
  • At least one cell includes the first cell; the positioning information includes the remaining coverage time of the first cell; determining the second location of the terminal according to the positioning information includes: according to the first The remaining coverage time of the cell, the moving direction of the first satellite, the moving speed of the first satellite, and the coverage of the first cell determine the second position of the terminal, and the first satellite is associated with the first cell.
  • the method further includes: sending first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes remaining coverage time.
  • At least one cell includes a second cell; the positioning information includes the distance between the first location of the terminal and the location of the cell; determining the second location of the terminal according to the positioning information, The method includes: determining the second location of the terminal according to the coverage of the second cell and the distance between the first location of the terminal and the central location or edge location of the second cell.
  • the method further includes: sending second indication information to the terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes the distance between the terminal and the location of the cell.
  • the method further includes: receiving first time information from the terminal, where the first time information is used to indicate the time when the positioning information is determined.
  • At least one cell includes a third cell; the positioning information includes the continuous coverage time of the third cell; determining the second location of the terminal according to the positioning information includes: according to the third The continuous coverage time of the cell, the moving direction of the third satellite, the moving speed of the third satellite, and the coverage of the third cell determine the second position of the terminal, and the third satellite is associated with the third cell.
  • the method further includes: sending third indication information to the terminal, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes continuous coverage time.
  • the method further includes: receiving second time information from the terminal, where the second time information is used to indicate a measurement duration, and the measurement duration includes starting to measure the third cell The time period between the time of and the time when the measurement of the third cell is stopped.
  • the method further includes: sending fourth indication information to the terminal, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one cell.
  • a communication device for implementing the above various methods.
  • the communication device may be the terminal in the above-mentioned first aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned terminal, or a device included in the above-mentioned terminal, such as a chip; or, the communication device may be the network device in the above-mentioned second aspect, or include the above-mentioned A device of a network device, or a device contained in the above-mentioned network device, such as a chip.
  • the communication device includes a corresponding module, unit, or means (means) for implementing the above method, and the module, unit, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by executing corresponding software on hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device may include a transceiver module and a processing module.
  • the transceiver module which may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, is configured to implement the sending and/or receiving functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementation manners thereof.
  • the transceiver module may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
  • the processing module may be used to implement the processing functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementation manners thereof.
  • the transceiver module includes a sending module and a receiving module, respectively configured to implement the sending and receiving functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementations thereof.
  • a communication device including: a processor and a communication interface; the communication interface is used to communicate with modules or devices other than the communication device; the processor is used to execute computer programs or instructions to enable the The communication device executes the method described in any one of the above aspects.
  • the communication device may be the terminal in the above-mentioned first aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned terminal, or a device included in the above-mentioned terminal, such as a chip; or, the communication device may be the network device in the above-mentioned second aspect, or include the above-mentioned A device of a network device, or a device contained in the above-mentioned network device, such as a chip.
  • a communication device including: a logic circuit and an interface circuit; the interface circuit is used to input and/or output information; the logic circuit is used to perform the method described in any of the above aspects, and input the interface circuit process the information and/or generate information output by the interface circuit.
  • the communication device may be the terminal in the above-mentioned first aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned terminal, or a device included in the above-mentioned terminal, such as a chip; or, the communication device may be the network device in the above-mentioned second aspect, or include the above-mentioned A device of a network device, or a device contained in the above-mentioned network device, such as a chip.
  • the output information is: positioning information
  • the positioning information includes one or more of the following: the remaining coverage time of at least one cell, the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, or the first location of the terminal and the cell
  • the distance between the positions, the first position of the terminal is the position determined by the terminal, the cell position includes the central position and/or the edge position of at least one cell, and at least one cell is associated with a satellite.
  • the input information is: first indication information.
  • processing the input information includes: determining the remaining coverage time of at least one cell according to the first indication information.
  • the input information is: second indication information.
  • processing the input information includes: determining the distance between the terminal and the cell location of at least one cell according to the second indication information.
  • the input information is: third indication information.
  • processing the input information includes: determining the continuous coverage time of at least one cell according to the third indication information.
  • the output information is: first time information, where the first time information is used to indicate the time when the positioning information is determined.
  • the output information is: second time information, where the second time information is used to indicate the measurement duration, and the measurement duration includes the duration between the time when the measurement of the third cell is started and the time when the measurement of the third cell is stopped.
  • the input information is: positioning information
  • the positioning information includes one or more of the following: the remaining coverage time of at least one cell, the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, or the first location of the terminal and the cell
  • the distance between the positions, the first position of the terminal is the position determined by the terminal, the cell position includes the central position and/or the edge position of at least one cell, and at least one cell is associated with a satellite.
  • processing the input information includes: determining the second location of the terminal according to the positioning information.
  • the output information is: first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes remaining coverage time.
  • the output information is: second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes the distance between the terminal and the location of the cell.
  • the output information is: third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes continuous coverage time.
  • the input information is: first time information, where the first time information is used to indicate the time when the positioning information is determined.
  • the input information is: second time information
  • the second time information is used to indicate the measurement duration
  • the measurement duration includes the time between the time when the measurement of the third cell is started and the time when the measurement of the third cell is stopped.
  • a communication device including: an interface circuit and a processor, the interface circuit is a code/data read and write interface circuit, and the interface circuit is used to receive computer-executed instructions (computer-executed instructions are stored in a memory, possibly read directly from the memory, or possibly through other devices) and transmit to the processor; the processor is used to execute computer-executed instructions to enable the communication device to perform the method described in any aspect above.
  • the communication device may be the terminal in the above-mentioned first aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned terminal, or a device included in the above-mentioned terminal, such as a chip; or, the communication device may be the network device in the above-mentioned second aspect, or include the above-mentioned A device of a network device, or a device contained in the above-mentioned network device, such as a chip.
  • a communication device including: at least one processor; the processor is configured to execute computer programs or instructions, so that the communication device executes the method described in any aspect above.
  • the communication device may be the terminal in the above-mentioned first aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned terminal, or a device included in the above-mentioned terminal, such as a chip; or, the communication device may be the network device in the above-mentioned second aspect, or include the above-mentioned A device of a network device, or a device contained in the above-mentioned network device, such as a chip.
  • the communication device further includes at least one memory, and the memory is used to store necessary program instructions and data.
  • the memory can be coupled to the processor, or it can be independent of the processor.
  • the communication device may be a chip or system-on-a-chip.
  • the device When the device is a system-on-a-chip, it may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • a computer-readable storage medium where a computer program or an instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program or instruction is run on the communication device, the communication device can execute any of the above-mentioned aspects. described method.
  • a computer program product containing instructions, which, when run on a communication device, enables the communication device to execute the method described in any aspect above.
  • the above-mentioned sending action/function can be understood as output information
  • the above-mentioned receiving action/function can be understood as input information
  • the technical effects brought about by any one of the design methods in the third aspect to the ninth aspect can refer to the technical effects brought about by the different design methods in the above-mentioned first aspect or the second aspect, and will not be repeated here.
  • a communication system includes the network device and the terminal described in the above aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a positioning process of a terrestrial network provided by the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a non-terrestrial network scenario provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of a satellite orbit provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by the present application.
  • Figure 5a is a schematic structural diagram of a non-terrestrial network provided by the present application.
  • Figure 5b is a schematic structural diagram of another non-terrestrial network provided by the present application.
  • Figure 5c is a schematic structural diagram of another non-terrestrial network provided by the present application.
  • Figure 5d is a schematic structural diagram of another non-terrestrial network provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a positioning method provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of cell coverage in a satellite communication scenario provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a positioning principle provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 13 is a schematic diagram of another positioning principle provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 14 is a schematic diagram of another positioning principle provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of another positioning method provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart of another positioning method provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by the present application.
  • plural means two or more than two.
  • At least one of the following or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items.
  • at least one item (piece) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple .
  • words such as “first” and “second” are used to distinguish the same or similar items with basically the same function and effect. Those skilled in the art can understand that words such as “first” and “second” do not limit the number and execution order, and words such as “first” and “second” do not necessarily limit the difference.
  • words such as “exemplary” or “for example” are used as examples, illustrations or illustrations. Any embodiment or design scheme described as “exemplary” or “for example” in the embodiments of the present application shall not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or design schemes. To be precise, the use of words such as “exemplary” or “such as” is intended to present related concepts in a concrete manner for easy understanding.
  • references to "an embodiment” throughout the specification mean that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic related to the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present application. Therefore, various embodiments are not necessarily referring to the same embodiment throughout the specification. Furthermore, the particular features, structures or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments. It can be understood that in various embodiments of the present application, the serial numbers of the processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes no limitation.
  • the 5G core network 5G core network, 5GC
  • the 5G core network can locate service entities (5GC location service entities, 5GC LCS entities), access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function) , AMF) network element, or terminal initiates a location service request (location service request) to a location management function (location management function, LMF) network element.
  • location service request location service request
  • LMF location management function
  • the LMF network element After the LMF network element receives the positioning request, it can use the relevant positioning technology to determine the location of the terminal based on the measurement results of the terminal and the access network equipment (see steps 3a and 3b), and send a location service response (location service response) to indicate the terminal s position.
  • a location service request is initiated by a 5GC LCS or a terminal
  • the LMF network element first sends a location service response to the AMF network element (see step 4), and then the AMF network element forwards the location service response to the 5GC LCS or terminal (see step 4).
  • step 5a or step 5c, step 5b indicates that when the AMF network element initiates a location service request, the location service response is sent to the AMF network element).
  • the process shown in FIG. 1 may no longer be applicable to NTN. Based on this, the present application provides a positioning method for solving the positioning problem in the NTN.
  • NTN uses a typical flying platform to participate in network deployment, for example, deploying base stations or some base station functions on the flying platform to provide coverage for the terminal, or using the flying platform as a relay to forward ground base stations The signal provides coverage for the terminal.
  • the NTN can include a low altitude platform (low altitude platform, LAP) subnetwork (LAP subnetwork), a high altitude platform (high altitude platform, HAP) subnetwork (HAP subnetwork), and Satellite communication subnetwork (SATCOM subnetwork).
  • LAP low altitude platform
  • HAP high altitude platform
  • SATCOM subnetwork Satellite communication subnetwork
  • the base station or the base station function is deployed on a low-altitude flight platform (such as a UAV) 0.1km to 1km away from the ground to provide coverage for the terminal; in the HAP subnetwork, the base station or the base station function is deployed on the ground 1km to 1km The 50km high-altitude flight platform (such as an airplane) provides coverage for the terminal; in the SATCOM subnetwork, the base station or base station function is deployed on the satellite above 50km from the ground to provide coverage for the terminal. Satellite communication has significant advantages such as global coverage, long-distance transmission, flexible networking, convenient deployment, and no geographical restrictions. It has been widely used in maritime communications, positioning and navigation, disaster relief, scientific experiments, video broadcasting, and earth observation. and many other fields.
  • satellites can be divided into highly elliptical orbit (highly elliptical orbit, HEO) satellites, high medium earth orbit (MEO) satellites and low-earth orbit (LEO) satellites.
  • HEO highly elliptical orbit
  • MEO medium earth orbit
  • LEO low-earth orbit
  • the GEO satellite is also called a stationary satellite, and its motion speed is the same as the rotation speed of the earth, so the GEO satellite remains stationary relative to the ground, and correspondingly, the cells of the GEO satellite are also stationary.
  • the coverage of the GEO satellite community is relatively large, and the diameter of the community is generally 500km. LEO satellites move faster relative to the ground, about 7km per second, so the service coverage area provided by LEO satellites also moves accordingly. Generally speaking, the higher the orbit of the satellite, the larger the coverage area, but the longer the communication delay.
  • the low-orbit satellite communication system is close to the ground, has short communication delay, high data transmission rate, and the weight and volume of mobile terminals are almost the same as personal mobile devices. It is more suitable for popularization in the mass market and has become a hot spot in current industrial development. Since 1990, several low-orbit and medium-orbit satellite communication networks have officially provided commercial services, among which the more famous ones include the low-orbit Iridium network and the medium-orbit O3b network.
  • the communication system can be a third generation partnership project (third generation partnership project, 3GPP) communication system, for example, a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, a new 5G systems such as air interface (new radio, NR) systems, vehicle to everything (V2X) systems, or LTE and 5G hybrid networking systems, or device-to-device (D2D) communication systems, Machine to machine (M2M) communication systems, Internet of Things (IoT), and other next-generation communication systems.
  • 3GPP third generation partnership project
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G systems such as air interface (new radio, NR) systems, vehicle to everything (V2X) systems, or LTE and 5G hybrid networking systems
  • D2D device-to-device
  • M2M Machine to machine
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • the communication system may also be a non-3GPP communication system without limitation.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication scenarios, for example, it can be applied to one or more of the following communication scenarios: enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), ultra-reliable low-latency communication (ultra reliable Communication scenarios such as low latency communication (URLLC), machine type communication (MTC), massive machine type communication (mMTC), D2D, V2X, and IoT.
  • eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
  • ultra reliable Communication scenarios such as low latency communication (URLLC)
  • URLLC low latency communication
  • MTC machine type communication
  • mMTC massive machine type communication
  • D2D V2X
  • IoT IoT.
  • the present application provides a communication system 40 applicable to the solution of the present application, and the communication system 40 includes at least one terminal 401 and at least one network device 402 .
  • the network device 402 may be an access network device 402 .
  • the access network device is a device in the wireless access network (radio access network, RAN) that connects the terminal to the wireless network.
  • the RAN can be connected to the core network (for example, it can be the core network of LTE or 5G core network, etc.).
  • the access network device 402 may be deployed on the ground, as a part of the ground network, and communicate with the data network through the core network.
  • the communication system 40 provided by the present application may also include a relay device deployed on the flight platform, which acts as a layer 1 relay (L1relay), regenerates the physical layer signal and forwards it to the access network device or terminal .
  • L1relay layer 1 relay
  • the access network device 402 can be deployed on the flight platform to realize the function of a ground station, communicate directly with the core network, and further communicate with the data network through the core network.
  • the access network device 402 can be deployed on the flight platform to realize the function of a ground station, communicate directly with the core network, and further communicate with the data network through the core network.
  • ISL inter-satellite link
  • the access network device 402 may include a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) deployed on the flight platform and a centralized unit (central unit, CU) deployed on the ground.
  • the DU deployed on the flight platform communicates with the CU deployed on the ground through the FI interface.
  • the CU deployed on the ground communicates with the core network, and further, communicates with the data network through the core network.
  • the network device 402 may be a mobility management network element 402, which is mainly used for procedures of terminal attachment, mobility management, and tracking area update in a mobile network.
  • the mobility management network element terminates non-access stratum (NAS) messages, completes registration management, connection management and reachability management, assigns track area list (TA list) and mobility management, etc., and Transparent routing of session management (session management, SM) messages to session management network elements.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • TA list track area list
  • SM session management
  • the mobility management network element may be an AMF network element.
  • future communications such as sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) communications, the mobility management network element may still be an AMF network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 40 provided by the present application may also include an access network device 403.
  • the access network device 403 For the deployment method of the access network device 403, please refer to the relevant descriptions in the above-mentioned FIGS. .
  • the terminal 401 and the mobility management network element 402 can communicate through forwarding by the access network device 403 .
  • the network device 402 can be a location management network element 402, which can be used for location request management of location services, location resource allocation, acquisition of terminal location information, and return location information to relevant network elements, etc.
  • the network element or entity corresponding to the location management network element 402 may be the LMF network element in the 5G network architecture.
  • the location management network element 402 may still be an LMF network element, or the location management network element 402 has other names, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 40 provided by the present application may further include an access network device 403 and a mobility management network element 404 .
  • an access network device 403 and the mobility management network element 404 reference may be made to the relevant description above, and details are not repeated here.
  • the terminal 401 and the location management function network element 402 can communicate through the forwarding of the access network device 403 and the mobility management network element 404 .
  • the access network equipment involved in this application may be an evolved base station (evolved Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in LTE; or a base station (gNodeB, gNB) in a 5G network; or a future evolved public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN) base station, broadband network service gateway (broadband network gateway, BNG), aggregation switch or non-3GPP access equipment; or the access network equipment 20 in the embodiment of the present application can also be cloud wireless A wireless controller in an access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN); or a transmission and reception point (transmission and reception point, TRP), or a device including a TRP, etc., which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the base stations in this embodiment of the present application may include various forms of base stations, such as: macro base stations, micro base stations (also called small stations), relay stations, access points, etc., which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application .
  • the CU and DU involved in this application can be understood as the division of access network devices from the perspective of logical functions.
  • CU represents that the access network device is connected to the 5G core network (5G core network, 5GC) through the NG interface, and also represents that the access network device is connected to other access network devices through the Xn interface.
  • the dual connection operation can also be performed on behalf of the access network device to connect with the eNB (or eNodeB) through the X2 interface.
  • the CU and the DU may be connected through an interface, such as an F1 interface.
  • the CU and DU may be physically separated or deployed together, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • service data adaptation protocol stack service data adaptation protocol, SDAP
  • packet data convergence protocol packet data convergence protocol
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • functions such as the radio link control (radio link control, RLC) protocol layer, media access control (media access control, MAC) protocol layer, and physical (physical, PHY) protocol layer are set in the DU.
  • a CU or DU can be divided into functions with more protocol layers.
  • a CU or DU can also be divided into some processing functions having a protocol layer.
  • part of the functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layers above the RLC layer are set in the CU, and the rest of the functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layers below the RLC layer are set in the DU.
  • the functions of the CU or DU may also be divided according to service types or other system requirements. For example, according to delay, the functions whose processing time needs to meet the delay requirement are set in the DU, and the functions that do not need to meet the delay requirement are set in the CU.
  • the CU may also have one or more functions of the core network.
  • One or more CUs can be set centrally or separately.
  • the CU can be set on the network side to facilitate centralized management.
  • the DU can have multiple radio functions, or the radio functions can be set remotely.
  • the functions of the CU can be implemented by one entity or by different entities.
  • the CU can be implemented by the CU control plane (CU control plane, CU-CP) and the CU user plane (CU user plane, CU-UP) Composition, CU-CP and CU-UP can be understood as dividing the CU from the perspective of logical functions.
  • the CU-CP and CU-UP can be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network.
  • the functions of the RRC protocol layer and the PDCP protocol layer corresponding to the signaling radio bearer are set in the CU-CP
  • the data radio bearer (data radio bearer, DRB)
  • the functions of the SDAP protocol layer may also be set in the CU-UP.
  • the terminal involved in this application may be a device for implementing a communication function.
  • the terminal may also be called user equipment (user equipment, UE), terminal equipment, access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station (mobile station, MS), remote station, remote terminal, mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT) , user terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • the terminal may be, for example, an IoT, V2X, D2D, M2M, 5G network, or a wireless terminal or a wired terminal in a future evolved public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN).
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • a wireless terminal can refer to a device with wireless transceiver functions, which can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, hand-held or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons and satellites, etc.).
  • the terminal may be an IoT device (such as a sensor, an electric meter, a water meter, etc.), a V2X device, a station (station, ST) in a wireless local area network (wireless local area networks, WLAN), a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation Protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) telephone, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, personal digital assistant (PDA) device, handheld device with wireless communication function, computing device or connected to a wireless modem
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • Other processing devices vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices (also known as wearable smart devices), tablet computers or computers with wireless transceiver functions, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminals, industrial control (industrial control) Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, smart city Wireless terminals in (smart city), wireless terminals in smart home (smart home), vehicle-mounted terminals, vehicles with
  • the communication system described in the embodiment of the present application is to illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application more clearly, and does not constitute a limitation to the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
  • the relevant functions of the terminal or network device involved in this application can be realized by one device, or by multiple devices, or by one or more functional modules in one device, or by one or more chips , can also be a system on chip (system on chip, SOC) or a chip system, and the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • SOC system on chip
  • the above functions can be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or a combination of hardware and software, or instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform) virtualization capabilities.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 900 includes one or more processors 901, communication lines 902, and at least one communication interface (in FIG. 9, it is only exemplary to include a communication interface 904 and a processor 901 for illustration), optional Yes, a memory 903 may also be included.
  • the processor 901 can be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, a specific application integrated circuit (application-specific integrated circuit, ASIC), or one or more for controlling the implementation of the application program program integrated circuit.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the communication line 902 may be used for communication between different components included in the communication device 900 .
  • the communication interface 904 may be a transceiver module for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, wireless access networks (wireless access networks, RAN), wireless local area networks (wireless local area networks, WLAN) and the like.
  • the transceiving module may be a device such as a transceiver or a transceiver.
  • the communication interface 904 may also be a transceiver circuit located in the processor 901 to realize signal input and signal output of the processor.
  • the memory 903 may be a device having a storage function.
  • it can be a read-only memory (ROM) or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (random access memory, RAM) or other types of memory that can store information and instructions
  • a dynamic storage device can also be an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be stored by a computer Any other medium, but not limited to.
  • the memory may exist independently and be connected to the processor through the communication line 902 . Memory can also be integrated with the processor.
  • the memory 903 is used to store computer-executed instructions for implementing the solutions of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 901 .
  • the processor 901 is configured to execute computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 903, so as to implement the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor 901 may also perform processing-related functions in the methods provided in the following embodiments of the present application, and the communication interface 904 is responsible for communicating with other devices or communication networks.
  • the communication interface 904 is responsible for communicating with other devices or communication networks. The example does not specifically limit this.
  • the computer-executed instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application program codes, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor 901 may include one or more CPUs, for example, CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 9 .
  • the communication device 900 may include multiple processors, for example, the processor 901 and the processor 907 in FIG. 9 .
  • Each of these processors may be a single-core processor or a multi-core processor.
  • the processor here may include but not limited to at least one of the following: central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), microprocessor, digital signal processor (DSP), microcontroller (microcontroller unit, MCU), or artificial intelligence
  • central processing unit central processing unit, CPU
  • microprocessor digital signal processor
  • microcontroller microcontroller unit, MCU
  • artificial intelligence Various types of computing devices that run software such as processors, each computing device may include one or more cores for executing software instructions to perform calculations or processing.
  • the communication apparatus 900 may further include an output device 905 and an input device 906 .
  • Output device 905 is in communication with processor 901 and can display information in a variety of ways.
  • the output device 905 may be a liquid crystal display (liquid crystal display, LCD), a light emitting diode (light emitting diode, LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (cathode ray tube, CRT) display device, or a projector (projector), etc.
  • the input device 906 communicates with the processor 901 and can receive user input in various ways.
  • the input device 906 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensory device, among others.
  • composition structure shown in FIG. 9 does not constitute a limitation to the communication device.
  • the communication device may include more or less components than those shown in the illustration, or combine certain components, or a different arrangement of components.
  • the name of the message between each device, the name of each parameter, or the name of each information is just an example, and it can also be other names in other embodiments.
  • the method provided by the application does not specifically limit this.
  • each device may perform some or all of the steps in the embodiments of the present application, and these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiments of the present application may also perform other operations or variations of various operations.
  • each step may be performed in a different order presented in the embodiment of the present application, and it may not be necessary to perform all operations in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned flying platform is used as a satellite, that is, satellite communication in NTN is used as an example for illustration.
  • this method can also be applied to other scenarios in NTN, such as LAP subnetwork or HAP subnetwork, which is not specifically limited.
  • this application can also be applied in other possible communication scenarios or communication systems, such as long-distance communication scenarios involving a relatively long distance between a terminal and an access network device, or a relatively high moving speed, all of which can be implemented through this
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the application is used for positioning.
  • FIG. 10 it is a flow chart of a positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method can be applied to the interaction between a terminal and a network device in the communication system shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 .
  • the positioning method may include the following steps:
  • the terminal determines location information.
  • the type of the positioning information may include one or more of the following: remaining coverage time (stop serving time), continuous coverage time, or distance between the terminal and the location of the cell.
  • the positioning information may include one or more of the following: the remaining coverage time of at least one cell, the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, or the distance between the first location of the terminal and the location of the cell.
  • the at least one cell is associated with a satellite.
  • associating at least one cell with a satellite may include: the at least one cell is a cell managed by an access network device deployed on the ground, and the satellite serves as a relay to forward signals for the access network device, such as the one shown in Figure 5a Scenes. It can be understood that in this scenario, although the cell is managed by the access network device, since the satellite acts as a relay, the beam of the cell is actually sent by the satellite or the relay device carried by the satellite.
  • associating at least one cell with a satellite may include: the at least one cell is a cell managed by an access network device deployed on a satellite, or a cell managed by a satellite, such as the scenario shown in FIG. 5b, FIG. 5c, or FIG. 5d.
  • the remaining coverage time of the cell may be understood as: the remaining time that the cell can cover the terminal.
  • the cell provides coverage for the terminal for the remainder of the time.
  • the cell will subsequently (or in the future) cover the duration of the terminal, where the current moment may be, for example, the moment at which the terminal determines the remaining coverage time.
  • the coverage of its cell will change, as shown in Figure 11, assuming that the coverage of cell 1 at time T1 is range 1, as the satellite 1 moves , the coverage of cell 1 at time T2 may be range 2, and if the terminal is stationary within range 1, there will be remaining coverage time of cell 1 at this time.
  • the continuous coverage time of a cell may be understood as: the duration that the cell has covered the terminal. Or, before the current moment, the cell has provided the duration of coverage for the terminal, where the current moment may be, for example, the moment at which the terminal determines the continuous coverage time.
  • the remaining coverage time of the cell indicates the time when the cell can provide coverage for the terminal in the future
  • the continuous coverage time of the cell indicates the time when the cell has provided coverage for the terminal.
  • the two are relative to a certain moment, one is the time after that moment, and the other is the time before that moment.
  • the above time may be a relative time, for example, the remaining coverage time may be the remaining coverage duration, that is, how long the coverage is still available; the continuous coverage time may be the continuous coverage duration, that is, how long the coverage has been covered.
  • the above time may be an absolute time (such as coordinated universal time (UTC)), for example, the remaining coverage time may be the last time to provide coverage, that is, the last moment that can be covered; the continuous coverage time may include the start of coverage and the moment at which the duration of coverage is determined.
  • the foregoing time may also be represented by a system frame number, a subframe number, a time slot number, and the like.
  • the terminal can determine the remaining coverage time of each beam or the continuous coverage time of each beam.
  • the remaining coverage time of the cell can be multiple The average or minimum or maximum or median value of the remaining coverage time of the beam, etc.
  • the continuous coverage time of the cell can be the average or minimum or maximum or median value of the continuous coverage time of multiple beams, etc. .
  • the first location of the terminal is a location determined by the terminal.
  • the terminal obtains the first position of the terminal through its own positioning module, such as a global navigation satellite system (global navigation satellite system, GNSS).
  • GNSS global navigation satellite system
  • the network device does not require the terminal to report the first location, and uses the first location as the actual location of the terminal, because the first location reported by the terminal may be false information, for example, the terminal is an illegal terminal, or the terminal is When hijacking or attacking, false location information may be reported to network devices, thereby performing illegal operations.
  • the cell location includes a center location and/or an edge location of at least one cell. That is, the distance between the first location of the terminal and the location of the cell includes: the distance between the first location of the terminal and the center location of at least one cell, and/or, the distance between the first location of the terminal and the edge location of at least one cell distance between.
  • a certain cell may have multiple edges.
  • the edge position of the cell may be the edge position farthest or closest to the center of the cell; or, it may be any edge position; or, it may be The edge position in the moving direction of the satellite; or, it may be the edge position in the direction opposite to the moving direction of the satellite, which is not specifically limited in the present application.
  • the distance between the first position of the terminal and the edge position of the cell is: the average or maximum value of the distances between the multiple edge positions and the first position of the terminal respectively or minimum.
  • the distance between the first location of the terminal and the edge location of the cell may be the average value of distance 1, distance 2, and distance 3, or the maximum or minimum value among them.
  • the terminal may also determine first time information, and the first time information is used for Indicates when the positioning information was determined.
  • the first time information may include the time when the terminal determines the positioning information of each cell.
  • the first time information may include: the moment when the terminal determines the remaining coverage time of cell A, the time when the terminal determines the remaining coverage time of cell B time, and the time at which the terminal determines the coverage remaining time of the cell C.
  • the terminal may determine the first information, and the first information is used to indicate that the terminal determines the location information, at least one cell center location.
  • the continuous coverage time of the cell may be obtained by measuring the cell by the terminal.
  • the terminal may also determine second time information, where the second time information is used to indicate the measurement duration corresponding to at least one cell, and the measurement duration includes a time period between when the terminal starts measuring the cell and when it stops measuring the cell.
  • the terminal may determine the second information, the second information is used to indicate the center of the at least one cell at the start moment and/or the end moment of the continuous coverage time Location.
  • the terminal sends positioning information to the network device.
  • the network device receives the positioning information from the terminal.
  • the terminal may send the positioning information to the access network device through an air interface (for example, a Uu interface) with the access network device.
  • an air interface for example, a Uu interface
  • the terminal may carry location information in a non-access stratum (non-access stratum, NAS) message and send it to the access network device, and then the access network The device forwards the NAS message to the mobility management network element.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • the terminal device may carry location information in a NAS message and send it to the access network device, and the access network device forwards the NAS message to the mobility management network element , and then the mobility management network element forwards it to the location management network element.
  • the positioning information may be encapsulated using a positioning protocol, such as a positioning protocol of LTE, or a positioning protocol A of NR.
  • a positioning protocol such as a positioning protocol of LTE, or a positioning protocol A of NR.
  • the positioning information may specifically include a correspondence between the identification information of the cell and one or more of the remaining coverage time, continuous coverage time, or distance between the terminal and the location of the cell.
  • the identification information of the cell may include a physical cell identifier (physical cell identifier, PCI) and/or a cell global identifier (cell global identifier, CGI).
  • the terminal may also send a satellite identification to the network equipment information to indicate to the network device that the positioning information is cell positioning information under the satellite indicated by the satellite identification information.
  • the terminal may also send the foregoing first time information and/or second time information to the network device.
  • the first time information and/or the second time information reported by the terminal can enable the network device to know that the positioning information reported by the terminal corresponds to a certain moment or a certain period of time, so that a certain location can be determined according to the time information.
  • the terminal may also send the foregoing first information and/or second information to the network device.
  • the first information and/or the second information reported by the terminal can enable the network device to know the coverage of the cell corresponding to the positioning information, so that the network device can determine the position of the terminal according to the coverage, thereby improving the positioning accuracy .
  • the network device determines the second location of the terminal according to the positioning information.
  • the second location may be used as the actual location of the terminal determined by the network device, and the second location may be sent to the location requesting party subsequently.
  • the location requester is a device that requests the location of the terminal.
  • the location requester may be the terminal itself, or a core network location service entity, or a mobility management network element.
  • the location requester may send a location request to the network device to request the location of the terminal.
  • the network device may send a positioning information request to the terminal to request the terminal to report the positioning information.
  • the terminal may execute step S1001.
  • the network device determines the second position of the terminal according to the positioning information, which may include: the network device determines the second position of the terminal according to the moving direction, moving speed, at least one The coverage range of the cell and the remaining coverage time of the at least one cell determine the second location of the terminal.
  • the network device may determine that the terminal is located at on the first arc. Specifically, the network device may select multiple points on the edge of the cell opposite to the moving direction of the satellite, and use the multiple points as starting points to determine multiple straight lines, where the direction of each straight line is the same as the moving direction of the satellite (or Said to be parallel to the moving direction of the satellite), and the length is the product of the moving speed of the satellite and the remaining coverage time of the first cell. After that, connect the end points of the plurality of straight lines to obtain a first arc.
  • the coverage of the first cell may be the coverage of the first cell at a first moment
  • the first moment is the moment when the terminal determines the remaining coverage time of the first cell
  • the first moment may be the time when the terminal passes the above-mentioned
  • the first time information is indicated to the network device.
  • the center position of the coverage of the first cell may be indicated by the terminal to the network device through the first information.
  • the network equipment determines the circle shown in Figure 12 according to the coverage of the first cell, and then according to the moving direction of the satellite, in Select multiple points on the cell edge opposite to the moving direction of the satellite (marked by black solid circles in Figure 12), and then determine a number of straight lines according to the product of the moving speed of the satellite and the remaining time of coverage of the first cell (in Figure 12 Marked by a black dotted line), and then connect the endpoints of the multiple straight lines to obtain a first arc (marked by a black dotted arc in FIG. 12 ), and then determine that the terminal is located on the first arc.
  • the involved satellite may be the first satellite associated with the first cell, and the association between the satellite and the cell may refer to the related description in the above step S1001 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the network device may determine multiple arcs according to the remaining coverage time of the multiple cells according to the above method, and finally determine the intersection point of the multiple arcs as the terminal's second position.
  • the network device determines the second location of the terminal according to the location information, including: the network device determines the second location of the terminal according to the coverage of at least one cell The range, and the distance between the first location of the terminal and the central location or edge location of the at least one cell determine the second location of the terminal.
  • the network device may, according to the coverage of the second cell and the distance between the first location of the terminal and the center or edge of the second cell , to determine where the terminal is located at the edge of a certain circular area.
  • the circular area is located within the coverage area of the second cell, and the distance between the edge position of the circular area and the center position of the second cell is equal to the distance between the first position of the terminal and the center position of the second cell , or, the distance between the edge position of the circular area and the center position of the second cell is equal to the radius of the second cell minus the distance between the first position of the terminal and the edge position of the second cell.
  • the coverage of the second cell may be the coverage of the second cell at a second moment, and the second moment is the moment when the terminal determines the distance between the first location and the center location or edge location of the second cell , the second time may be indicated by the terminal to the network device through the first time information.
  • the distance between the edge position of the circular area and the center of the circular area is equal to the radius of the circular area.
  • the network device determines the circle shown in Figure 13 according to the coverage of the second cell, and then according to the distance between the first location of the terminal and the center of the second cell Or, according to the distance between the first position of the terminal and the edge position of the second cell, determine a certain circular area (see the circle shown by the black dotted line in Figure 13), so as to determine that the terminal is located in the circle The edge position of the region.
  • the network device may determine multiple circular areas according to the above method, and finally determine the intersection point of the multiple circular areas as the second position of the terminal.
  • the network device determines the second position of the terminal according to the positioning information, including: the network device determines the second position of the terminal according to the moving direction, moving speed, at least one The coverage of the cell and the continuous coverage time of the at least one cell determine the second location of the terminal.
  • the network device may determine that the terminal is continuously The start moment corresponding to the coverage time is located on the second arc. Specifically, the network device may select multiple points on the edge of the cell opposite to the moving direction of the satellite, and use the multiple points as starting points to determine multiple straight lines, where the direction of each straight line is the same as the moving direction of the satellite (or Said to be parallel to the moving direction of the satellite), the length is the product of the moving speed of the satellite and the continuous coverage time of the third cell. Afterwards, connect the end points of the plurality of straight lines to obtain a second arc.
  • the start time corresponding to the continuous coverage time is the time T1.
  • the coverage of the third cell may be the coverage of the third cell at the start time corresponding to the continuous coverage time (ie time T1).
  • the starting moment corresponding to the continuous coverage time may be indicated by the terminal to the network device.
  • the center position of the coverage area of the third cell at the start time (that is, T1 time) corresponding to the continuous coverage time may be indicated by the terminal to the network device through the second information.
  • the network device determines the circle shown in Figure 14 according to the coverage of the third cell at T1, and then according to the moving direction of the satellite , select multiple points on the edge of the cell opposite to the moving direction of the satellite (marked by black solid circles in Figure 14), and then determine multiple straight lines according to the product of the moving speed of the satellite and the continuous coverage time of the third cell ( Figure 14 14 marked with a black dashed straight line), and then connect the endpoints of the multiple straight lines to obtain a second arc (marked with a black dashed arc in FIG. 14 ), and then determine that the terminal is located on the second arc.
  • the involved satellite may be a third satellite associated with the third cell.
  • the present application also relates to the second satellite, which will be described in subsequent embodiments and will not be repeated here.
  • the network device may determine multiple arcs according to the continuous coverage time of the multiple cells according to the above method, and finally determine the intersection point of the multiple arcs as the terminal's first Second position.
  • the network device may determine the second location of the terminal according to the content included in the positioning information in combination with multiple methods in the above three methods.
  • the positioning information includes the remaining coverage time of cell A and the distance between the first location of the terminal and the central location of cell B
  • the network device can determine the arc where the terminal is located according to the remaining coverage time of cell A, and according to the first location of the terminal
  • the distance between a position and the center position of cell B determines the circular area where the terminal is located, and then combines the arc and the circular area to determine the second position of the terminal, for example, the second position is determined as the arc and the circular area intersection point.
  • the network device can determine the location of the terminal based on the remaining time of cell coverage reported by the terminal, the continuous coverage time of the cell, or the distance between the terminal and the center and/or edge of the cell, making full use of satellite ephemeris, cell NTN-specific information such as coverage time is used to realize terminal positioning in NTN.
  • the network device calculates the position of the terminal based on the remaining coverage time reported by the terminal, the continuous coverage time, or the distance between the terminal and the center and/or edge of the cell, etc., and the network device finds that the calculated position is not If it exists, it can be considered that the information reported by the terminal is false information, so that an illegal terminal, or a terminal that has been hijacked or attacked can be identified, and then services for the terminal can be stopped in the future to reduce the waste of resources.
  • the type of the above positioning information may be determined by the terminal, or may be predefined by the protocol, or may be configured by the network device to the terminal, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the method may further include one or more of the following steps S1004a, S1004b, or S1004c:
  • the network device sends the first indication information to the terminal.
  • the terminal receives the first indication information from the network device.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of the positioning information includes the remaining coverage time; or, the first indication information is used to indicate the use of a positioning method based on the remaining coverage time.
  • the terminal may determine the remaining coverage time of at least one cell.
  • the network device sends second indication information to the terminal.
  • the terminal receives the second indication information from the network device.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes the distance between the terminal and the location of the cell; or, the second indication information is used to indicate the use of a distance-based positioning method.
  • the terminal may determine the distance between the first location of the terminal and the center location and/or edge location of at least one cell.
  • the network device sends third indication information to the terminal.
  • the terminal receives third indication information from the network device.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes continuous coverage time; or, the third indication information is used to indicate the use of a positioning method based on continuous coverage time.
  • the terminal may determine the continuous coverage time of at least one cell.
  • step S1004a can be executed first, and then step S1004b; or, step S1004b can be executed first, and then step S1004a can be executed; or, step S1004a and step S1004b can be executed simultaneously.
  • the network device may indicate to the terminal the cell for which positioning information needs to be determined.
  • the method may further include:
  • the network device sends fourth indication information to the terminal.
  • the terminal receives fourth indication information from the network device.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one cell in the above S1001.
  • the fourth indication information may include one or more items of frequency point, PCI, and CGI of at least one cell. That is to say, the network device may indicate to the terminal which cells' positioning information is to be determined.
  • the terminal may determine the positioning information of at least one cell indicated by the fourth indication information.
  • this step S1005 may be performed in combination with one or more of the above steps S1004a to S1004c.
  • the positioning information of at least one cell indicated by the fourth indication information is of the same type.
  • the fourth indication information indicates cell A, cell B, and cell C
  • the terminal receives the first indication information from the network device, but does not receive the second indication information and the third indication information as an example, the terminal in the above step S1001
  • the determined positioning information may include remaining coverage time of cell A, remaining coverage time of cell B, and remaining coverage time of cell C.
  • the type of positioning information of at least one cell indicated by the fourth indication information may include multiple types.
  • the fourth indication information indicates cell A, cell B, and cell C
  • the terminal receives the first indication information and the second indication information from the network equipment, and does not receive the third indication information as an example, the terminal in the above step S1001
  • the determined positioning information may include the remaining coverage time of cell A, the remaining coverage time of cell B, and the distance between the first location of the terminal and the center location and/or edge location of cell C.
  • the terminal when the network device sends multiple items of the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information, the terminal specifically determines which cells have remaining coverage time, which cells have continuous coverage time, or the terminal The distance between the first location of the cell and the center locations/edge locations of which cells may be determined by the terminal, or may be indicated by the network device.
  • the network device may send the fourth indication information and multiple items of the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information in one message, so that the message carries information for indicating a cell and information for The corresponding relationship of the information indicating the type of positioning information, so that the terminal determines the positioning information according to the corresponding relationship.
  • the network device sends the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information to the terminal, and the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information are respectively represented as indicator #1, indicator #2, Taking indicator#3 as an example, the message can carry the following information:
  • the message is used to instruct the terminal to determine the remaining coverage time of cell A and cell B, the distance between the first location of the terminal and the central location/edge location of cell C, and the continuous coverage time of cell D.
  • the terminal may determine the above positioning information according to the indication of the message. It can be understood that the above CGI#A to CGI#D can be understood as the fourth indication information.
  • step S1005 When step S1005 is executed in combination with one or more of the above steps S1004a to S1004c, the execution order of each step is not limited.
  • At least one cell may be a neighboring cell of the serving cell of the terminal, and the neighboring cell may be broadcast in the system information of the serving cell, or may be an access network It is configured in the measurement configuration delivered by the device to the terminal, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • determining the positioning information by the terminal may include: the terminal according to the ephemeris of the first satellite, The coverage range of the first cell and the first location of the terminal determine the remaining coverage time of the first cell.
  • the first satellite is associated with the first cell, and for the association between the satellite and the cell, reference may be made to relevant descriptions in the above step S1001 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal determines the remaining coverage time of the first cell according to the ephemeris of the first satellite, the coverage of the first cell, and the first location of the terminal, which may include:
  • satellite ephemeris can be divided into the following two categories: the first category includes satellite orbit, moving speed, moving direction and other information; the second category includes satellite's real-time position.
  • the terminal can directly obtain the moving direction and moving speed of the first satellite;
  • the terminal can The position determines the direction and speed of movement of the first satellite.
  • the coverage of the first cell may be indicated by the access network device to the terminal.
  • the access network device may broadcast system information of the first cell, where the system information includes coverage information for indicating the coverage of the first cell.
  • the terminal receives the system information of the first cell, so as to obtain the coverage of the first cell.
  • the system information of the first cell may also indicate the coverage of neighboring cells of the first cell, so that the terminal learns the coverage of multiple cells, so as to determine the remaining coverage time of the multiple cells.
  • the coverage information may include latitude and longitude information covered by the first cell.
  • the coverage information may include a central location and/or a radius of the first cell.
  • the terminal obtains the coverage of the first cell according to the system information, then determines the first edge of the first cell according to the moving direction of the first satellite, and obtains the first position of the terminal according to its own positioning module, so that A distance between the first location and the first edge of the first cell is determined.
  • the remaining coverage time of the first cell may be a ratio of the distance between the first position of the terminal and the first edge to the moving speed of the first satellite.
  • the distance between the first location of the terminal and the first edge of the first cell is 21 kilometers (kilometer, km), and the moving speed of the first satellite is 7 kilometers per second (km/s), then the first The remaining time for the cell to cover the terminal is 3 seconds.
  • determining the positioning information by the terminal may include: the terminal measures the first cell to obtain signal quality of the first cell, and determines remaining coverage time of the first cell according to the signal quality of the first cell.
  • the terminal measuring the first cell may include the terminal measuring the reference signal of the first cell, such as channel state information reference signal (channel-state information reference signal, CSI-RS), demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS) etc.
  • the signal quality of the first cell can be expressed as reference signal receiving power (reference signal receiving power, RSRP), reference signal receiving quality (reference signal receiving quality, RSRQ), or signal to interference plus noise ratio (signal to interference plus noise ratio, SINR), this application does not specifically limit it.
  • reference signal receiving power reference signal receiving power
  • RSRQ reference signal receiving quality
  • SINR signal to interference plus noise ratio
  • the terminal determines the remaining coverage time of the first cell according to the signal quality of the first cell, which may include: the signal quality of the first cell is greater than a preset threshold at time 1, and is less than the preset threshold at time 2 after time 1 In this case, the terminal determines that the remaining coverage time of the first cell is 0.
  • the terminal determines the location The information may include: according to the coverage of the second cell and the first location of the terminal, determining the distance between the first location of the terminal and the edge location of the second cell, and/or, determining the distance between the first location of the terminal and the edge location of the second cell The distance between the center locations of .
  • the coverage of the second cell may be indicated by the coverage information carried in the system information of the cell, and reference may be made to relevant descriptions of the coverage of the first cell, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal can know the coverage of the second cell according to the system information, and further, can know the center position and/or edge position of the second cell, and then know the first position of the terminal according to its own positioning module , so as to determine the distance between the first location of the terminal and the central location of the second cell, and/or, the distance between the first location of the terminal and the edge location of the second cell.
  • the determination of the positioning information by the terminal may include: determining the distance between the first position of the terminal and the center position of the second cell according to the ephemeris of the second satellite and the first position of the terminal, the second The second satellite is associated with the second cell.
  • the relevant description in the above step S1001 which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal determines the distance between the first location of the terminal and the center location of the second cell according to the ephemeris of the second satellite and the first location of the terminal, including:
  • the terminal can determine the position of the second satellite according to information such as the orbit, moving speed, and moving direction of the second satellite; when the ephemeris of the second satellite belongs to In the above-mentioned second type of ephemeris, the terminal can directly acquire the position of the second satellite.
  • the latitude and longitude of the central position of the second cell are the same as the latitude and longitude corresponding to the position of the second satellite.
  • the above two manners of determining the distance may be combined with each other, for example, determining the edge position of the cell according to the coverage of the cell, so as to determine the distance between the first position of the terminal and the edge position of the cell. And, the center position of the cell is determined according to the position of the satellite, so as to determine the distance between the first position of the terminal and the center position of the cell.
  • determining the positioning information by the terminal may include: measuring the third cell to obtain the signal quality of the third cell; according to the third cell The signal quality of the cell determines the continuous coverage time of the third cell.
  • the terminal measuring the third cell may include the terminal measuring the reference signal of the third cell, such as CSI-RS, DMRS, etc., and the signal quality of the third cell may be expressed as RSRP, RSRQ, or SINR, and this application does not make specific details on this limited.
  • the terminal determining the continuous coverage time of the third cell according to the signal quality of the third cell may include: determining that the continuous coverage time of the third cell is within a period of time, the signal quality of the third cell is greater than or equal to The time period between the moment of the third threshold (denoted as time A) and the moment after time A when the signal quality of the third cell is lower than the third threshold for the first time (denoted as time B).
  • the third threshold may be -141dB.
  • first threshold and the “second threshold”, which will be described in subsequent embodiments and will not be repeated here.
  • the period of time may be the measurement duration of the third cell, that is, the duration between the time when the measurement of the third cell is started and the time when the measurement of the third cell is stopped.
  • the time to stop measuring the third cell may be time B, that is, after time A, once it is measured that the signal quality of the third cell is less than the third threshold, the measurement of the third cell is stopped.
  • the terminal can start a timer, and determine the positioning information during the running of the timer. For example, the terminal starts a timer, measures the third cell during the running of the timer, obtains the signal quality of the third cell, and determines the continuous coverage time of the third cell according to the signal quality of the third cell.
  • the measurement duration of the third cell may be the duration of the timer.
  • the terminal may start the timer after receiving the third indication information.
  • the duration of the timer may be indicated by the network device, or may be defined by the protocol, or may be determined by the terminal, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the terminal determines the positioning information within the running time of the timer, avoiding the terminal from measuring cells without restriction, thereby reducing the time delay of determining the positioning information, and further reducing the overall time delay of positioning.
  • the energy consumption of the terminal can also be saved.
  • the terminal sends the positioning information to the network device, and the following situations may exist:
  • step S1002 may specifically be: the terminal sends the positioning information to the network device after the timer expires.
  • Case 2 When the number of the at least one cell is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the terminal sends positioning information to the network device.
  • the terminal when the positioning information includes the continuous coverage time of N cells, and N is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the terminal sends the positioning information to the network device.
  • Case 3 When the number of the at least one cell is greater than or equal to the first threshold, and the continuous coverage time of the at least one cell is greater than or equal to the second threshold, the terminal sends positioning information to the network device.
  • the terminal when the positioning information includes the continuous coverage time of N cells, N is greater than or equal to the first threshold, and the continuous coverage time of M cells in the N cells is greater than or equal to the second threshold, the terminal sends The network device sends location information.
  • M is a positive integer less than or equal to N, that is, the M cells are some or all of the N cells.
  • the terminal sends positioning information to the network device when the number of cells is greater than the first threshold, or when the number of cells is greater than the first threshold and the continuous coverage time of the cell is greater than the second threshold, that is, the content of the positioning information Restrictions are made so that the positioning information includes the continuous coverage time of a certain number of cells. Further, the continuous coverage time of the cells is greater than or equal to a certain threshold, thereby improving the accuracy of the network device in locating the terminal according to the positioning information.
  • the actions implemented by the network device or terminal in the above-mentioned embodiments may be executed by the processor 901 in the communication device 900 shown in FIG. 9 calling the application code stored in the memory 903 to instruct the network device or terminal to execute There are no restrictions on this.
  • the method and/or steps implemented by the network device may also be implemented by a component (such as a processor, a chip, a chip system, a circuit, a logic module, or software) that can be used in the network device.
  • a component such as a processor, a chip, a chip system, a circuit, a logic module, or software
  • the methods and/or steps implemented by the terminal may also be implemented by components (such as processors, chips, chip systems, circuits, logic modules, or software) that can be used in the terminal.
  • the present application also provides a communication device, which is used to implement the above various methods.
  • the communication device may be the network device in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above network device, or a component that can be used in the network device; or, the communication device may be the terminal in the above method embodiment, or include the above terminal device, or a component that can be used in a terminal.
  • the communication device includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software in combination with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
  • the embodiments of the present application may divide the communication device into functional modules according to the above method embodiments.
  • each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal 170 .
  • the terminal 170 includes a processing module 1701 and a transceiver module 1702 .
  • the terminal 170 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 17 ) for storing program instructions and data.
  • the transceiver module 1702 also referred to as a transceiver unit, is used to implement sending and/or receiving functions.
  • the transceiver module 1702 may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
  • the transceiver module 1702 may include a receiving module and a sending module, which are respectively used to perform the receiving and sending steps performed by the terminal in the above method embodiments, and/or used to support the technology described herein
  • the processing module 1701 may be used to execute steps of the processing type (such as determination, acquisition, etc.) performed by the terminal in the above method embodiments, and/or other processes used to support the technologies described herein.
  • the processing module 1701 is configured to determine positioning information, and the positioning information includes one or more of the following: the remaining coverage time of at least one cell, the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, or the distance between the first location of the communication device and the location of the cell , the first position of the communication device is the position determined by the communication device, the cell position includes the central position and/or edge position of at least one cell, and at least one cell is associated with a satellite; the transceiver module 1702 is configured to send positioning information to network equipment.
  • At least one cell includes the first cell; when the positioning information includes the remaining coverage time of at least one cell, the processing module 1701 is used to determine the positioning information, including: the processing module 1701 is used to The ephemeris of the first cell, the coverage of the first cell, and the first location of the communication device determine the remaining coverage time of the first cell, and the first satellite is associated with the first cell.
  • the processing module 1701 is configured to determine the remaining coverage time of the first cell according to the ephemeris of the first satellite, the coverage of the first cell, and the first position of the communication device, including: a processing module 1701, used to determine the moving direction and moving speed of the first satellite according to the ephemeris of the first satellite; The direction of movement is to determine the distance between the first position of the communication device and the first edge of the first cell, the first edge is an edge away from the direction of movement; the processing module 1701 is also used to determine the distance between the first position of the communication device and the first edge of the first cell; the processing module 1701 is also configured to The distance between the first location and the first edge determines the remaining coverage time of the first cell.
  • the transceiving module 1702 is further configured to receive first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes remaining coverage time.
  • the processing module 1701 is configured to determine the positioning information, including: a processing module 1701, For determining the distance between the first position of the communication device and the edge position and/or center position of the second cell according to the coverage of the second cell and the first position of the communication device; or, the processing module 1701 is configured to The ephemeris of the second satellite and the first location of the communication device determine a distance between the first location of the communication device and a center location of a second cell with which the second satellite is associated.
  • the processing module 1701 is configured to determine the distance between the first position of the communication device and the center position of the second cell according to the ephemeris of the second satellite and the first position of the communication device, including: The processing module 1701 is used to determine the position of the second satellite according to the ephemeris of the second satellite; the processing module 1701 is also used to determine the center position of the second cell according to the position of the second satellite; the processing module 1701 is also used to determine the position of the second satellite The distance between the central location of the second cell and the first location of the communication device.
  • the transceiving module 1702 is further configured to receive second indication information from the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the type of the location information includes the distance between the communication device and the location of the cell.
  • the transceiver module 1702 is further configured to send first time information to the network device, where the first time information is used to indicate a time for determining the positioning information.
  • At least one cell includes a third cell; when the positioning information includes the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, the processing module 1701 is configured to determine the positioning information, including: a processing module 1701 configured to measure the third cell , to obtain the signal quality of the third cell; the processing module 1701 is further configured to determine the continuous coverage time of the third cell according to the signal quality of the third cell.
  • the transceiver module 1702 is also configured to send second time information to the network device, the second time information is used to indicate the measurement duration, and the measurement duration includes the time from the start of measuring the third cell to the stop of measuring the third cell The duration between the times.
  • the processing module 1701 is configured to determine the positioning information, including: the processing module 1701 is configured to start the timer; the processing module 1701 is also configured to determine the positioning information during the running of the timer.
  • the transceiver module 1702 is configured to send positioning information to the network device, including: when the number of at least one cell is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the transceiver module 1702 is configured to send the positioning information to the network device information; or, when the number of at least one cell is greater than or equal to the first threshold, and the continuous coverage time of at least one cell is greater than or equal to the second threshold, the transceiver module 1702 is configured to send positioning information to the network device.
  • the transceiving module 1702 is further configured to receive third indication information from the network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate that a type of positioning information includes continuous coverage time.
  • the transceiving module 1702 is further configured to receive fourth indication information from the network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one cell.
  • the terminal 170 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner.
  • Module here may refer to a specific application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), circuit, processor and memory that execute one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuits, and/or other functions that can provide the above functions device.
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the terminal 170 may take the form of the communication device 900 shown in FIG. 9 .
  • the function/implementation process of the processing module 1701 in FIG. 17 can be realized by the processor 901 in the communication device 900 shown in FIG.
  • the function/implementation process of 1702 may be implemented through the communication interface 904 in the communication device 900 shown in FIG. 9 .
  • the function/implementation process of the processing module 1701 can be realized through the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or the chip system, and the function of the transceiver module 1702
  • The/implementation process may be implemented by a chip or a processor (or processing circuit) of a chip system.
  • the terminal 170 provided in this embodiment can execute the above method, the technical effect it can obtain can refer to the above method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 18 shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device 180 .
  • the network device 180 includes a processing module 1801 and a transceiver module 1802 .
  • the network device 180 may also include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 18 ) for storing program instructions and data.
  • the transceiver module 1802 may also be referred to as a transceiver unit to implement sending and/or receiving functions.
  • the transceiver module 1802 may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
  • the transceiver module 1802 may include a receiving module and a sending module, which are respectively used to perform the receiving and sending steps performed by the network device in the above method embodiments, and/or used to support the technology described herein other processes; the processing module 1801 may be used to execute steps of the processing type (such as determination, acquisition, etc.) performed by the network device in the above method embodiments, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the processing module 1801 may be used to execute steps of the processing type (such as determination, acquisition, etc.) performed by the network device in the above method embodiments, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver module 1802 is configured to receive positioning information from the terminal, the positioning information includes one or more of the following: the remaining coverage time of at least one cell, the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, or the distance between the first location of the terminal and the location of the cell distance, the first position of the terminal is the position determined by the terminal, the cell position includes the central position and/or edge position of at least one cell, and at least one cell is associated with a satellite; the processing module 1801 is configured to determine the second position of the terminal according to the positioning information Location.
  • At least one cell includes the first cell; when the positioning information includes the remaining coverage time of the first cell, the processing module 1801 is configured to determine the second location of the terminal according to the positioning information, including: the processing module 1801, It is used to determine the second position of the terminal according to the remaining coverage time of the first cell, the moving direction of the first satellite, the moving speed of the first satellite, and the coverage of the first cell, and the first satellite is associated with the first cell.
  • the transceiver module 1802 is further configured to send first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes remaining coverage time.
  • At least one cell includes a second cell; when the positioning information includes the distance between the first location of the terminal and the location of the cell, the processing module 1801 is configured to determine the second location of the terminal according to the positioning information, including : a processing module 1801, configured to determine a second location of the terminal according to the coverage of the second cell and the distance between the first location of the terminal and the center or edge of the second cell.
  • the transceiver module 1802 is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes the distance between the terminal and the location of the cell.
  • the transceiver module 1802 is further configured to receive first time information from the terminal, where the first time information is used to indicate the time for determining the positioning information.
  • At least one cell includes a third cell; when the positioning information includes the continuous coverage time of the third cell, the processing module 1801 is configured to determine the second location of the terminal according to the positioning information, including: a processing module 1801, It is used to determine the second position of the terminal according to the continuous coverage time of the third cell, the moving direction of the third satellite, the moving speed of the third satellite, and the coverage of the third cell, and the third satellite is associated with the third cell.
  • the transceiver module 1802 is further configured to send third indication information to the terminal, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes continuous coverage time.
  • the transceiver module 1802 is further configured to receive second time information from the terminal, where the second time information is used to indicate the measurement duration, and the measurement duration includes the time when the measurement of the third cell is started to the time when the measurement of the second cell is stopped. The duration between the times of the three cells.
  • the transceiver module 1802 is further configured to send fourth indication information to the terminal, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one cell.
  • the network device 180 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner.
  • Module here may refer to a specific application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), circuit, processor and memory that execute one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuits, and/or other functions that can provide the above functions device.
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the network device 180 may take the form of the communication device 900 shown in FIG. 9 .
  • the function/implementation process of the processing module 1801 in FIG. 18 can be realized by the processor 901 in the communication device 900 shown in FIG.
  • the function/implementation process of 1802 may be implemented through the communication interface 904 in the communication device 900 shown in FIG. 9 .
  • the function/implementation process of the processing module 1801 can be realized through the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or the chip system, and the transceiver module 1802
  • the function/implementation process may be implemented by a chip or a processor (or processing circuit) of a chip system.
  • the network device 180 provided in this embodiment can execute the above method, the technical effect it can obtain can refer to the above method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • the network equipment and terminal of the embodiment of the present application can also be realized by using the following: one or more field programmable gate arrays (field programmable gate array, FPGA), programmable logic device (programmable logic device (PLD), controller, state machine, gate logic, discrete hardware components, any other suitable circuit, or any combination of circuits capable of performing the various functions described throughout this application.
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • controller state machine
  • gate logic discrete hardware components
  • discrete hardware components any other suitable circuit, or any combination of circuits capable of performing the various functions described throughout this application.
  • the network device and the terminal in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a general bus architecture.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1900 provided by an embodiment of the present application, where the communication device 1900 includes a processor 1901 and a transceiver 1902 .
  • the communication device 1900 may be a network device or a terminal, or a chip therein.
  • FIG. 19 shows only the main components of the communication device 1900 .
  • the communication device may further include a memory 1903 and an input and output device (not shown in the figure).
  • the processor 1901 is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control the entire communication device, execute software programs, and process data of the software programs.
  • the memory 1903 is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the transceiver 1902 may include a radio frequency circuit and an antenna, and the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for converting a baseband signal to a radio frequency signal and processing the radio frequency signal.
  • Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
  • the processor 1901, the transceiver 1902, and the memory 1903 may be connected through a communication bus.
  • the processor 1901 can read the software program in the memory 1903, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor 1901 performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 1901, and the processor 1901 converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data deal with.
  • the radio frequency circuit and the antenna can be set independently from the processor for baseband processing.
  • the radio frequency circuit and antenna can be arranged remotely from the communication device. .
  • the present application further provides a communication device, where the communication device includes at least one processor, configured to implement the method in any one of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device further includes at least one memory.
  • the memory is used to store necessary program instructions and data, and the processor can call the program code stored in the memory to instruct the communication device to execute the method in any one of the above method embodiments.
  • the memory may not be in the communication device.
  • the communication device further includes an interface circuit, the interface circuit is a code/data read and write interface circuit, and the interface circuit is used to receive computer-executed instructions (computer-executed instructions are stored in the memory, and may be directly read from memory read, or possibly through other devices) and transferred to the processor.
  • the interface circuit is a code/data read and write interface circuit, and the interface circuit is used to receive computer-executed instructions (computer-executed instructions are stored in the memory, and may be directly read from memory read, or possibly through other devices) and transferred to the processor.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, where the communication interface is used to communicate with modules other than the communication device.
  • the communication device may be a chip or a system-on-a-chip, and when the communication device is a system-on-a-chip, it may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices, which is not specifically limited in the present application.
  • the present application also provides a communication device (for example, the communication device may be a chip or a chip system), the communication device includes an interface circuit and a logic circuit, and the interface circuit is used for inputting and/or outputting Information; the logic circuit is used to execute the method described in any one of the above aspects, process the information input by the interface circuit and/or generate the information output by the interface circuit.
  • a communication device for example, the communication device may be a chip or a chip system
  • the communication device includes an interface circuit and a logic circuit, and the interface circuit is used for inputting and/or outputting Information; the logic circuit is used to execute the method described in any one of the above aspects, process the information input by the interface circuit and/or generate the information output by the interface circuit.
  • the output information is: positioning information
  • the positioning information includes one or more of the following: the remaining coverage time of at least one cell, the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, or the first location of the terminal and the cell
  • the distance between the positions, the first position of the terminal is the position determined by the terminal, the cell position includes the central position and/or the edge position of at least one cell, and at least one cell is associated with a satellite.
  • the input information is: first indication information.
  • processing the input information includes: determining the remaining coverage time of at least one cell according to the first indication information.
  • the input information is: second indication information.
  • processing the input information includes: determining the distance between the terminal and the cell location of at least one cell according to the second indication information.
  • the input information is: third indication information.
  • processing the input information includes: determining the continuous coverage time of at least one cell according to the third indication information.
  • the output information is: first time information, where the first time information is used to indicate the time when the positioning information is determined.
  • the output information is: second time information, where the second time information is used to indicate the measurement duration, and the measurement duration includes the duration between the time when the measurement of the third cell is started and the time when the measurement of the third cell is stopped.
  • the input information is: positioning information
  • the positioning information includes one or more of the following: the remaining coverage time of at least one cell, the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, or the first location of the terminal and the cell
  • the distance between the positions, the first position of the terminal is the position determined by the terminal, the cell position includes the central position and/or the edge position of at least one cell, and at least one cell is associated with a satellite.
  • processing the input information includes: determining the second location of the terminal according to the positioning information.
  • the output information is: first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes remaining coverage time.
  • the output information is: second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes the distance between the terminal and the location of the cell.
  • the output information is: third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes continuous coverage time.
  • the input information is: first time information, where the first time information is used to indicate the time when the positioning information is determined.
  • the input information is: second time information
  • the second time information is used to indicate the measurement duration
  • the measurement duration includes the time between the time when the measurement of the third cell is started and the time when the measurement of the third cell is stopped.
  • the communication device provided in this embodiment can execute the method in the above-mentioned method embodiment, so the technical effect it can obtain can refer to the above-mentioned method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where computer programs or instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer programs or instructions are run on the communication device, the communication device is enabled to implement any of the above method embodiments. Function.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, which, when running on a communication device, enables the communication device to implement the functions of any one of the above method embodiments.
  • all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • a software program it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer program instructions When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or may be a data storage device including one or more servers, data centers, etc. that can be integrated with the medium.
  • the available medium may be a magnetic medium (such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, or a magnetic tape), an optical medium (such as a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (such as a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD)), etc.
  • the computer may include the aforementioned apparatus.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Position Fixing By Use Of Radio Waves (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the embodiments of the present application are a positioning method, apparatus and system, which can be applied to a non-terrestrial network (NTN), so as to realize terminal positioning in the NTN. The method comprises: a terminal determining positioning information, and sending the positioning information to a network device; and after receiving the positioning information, the network device determining the actual location of the terminal according to the positioning information. The network device may be an access network device, a mobility management network element, or a location management network element. The positioning information comprises one or more of the following: the remaining coverage time of at least one cell, the continuous coverage time of the at least one cell, or the distance between a first location of the terminal and a cell location, wherein the first location of the terminal is a location that is determined by the terminal, the cell location comprises a central location and/or an edge location of the at least one cell, and the at least one cell is associated with a satellite.

Description

定位方法、装置及系统Positioning method, device and system

本申请要求于2021年06月28日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202110721308.5、申请名称为“定位方法、装置及系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on June 28, 2021, with application number 202110721308.5 and application name "Positioning Method, Device and System", the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application .

技术领域technical field

本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及定位方法、装置及系统。The present application relates to the technical field of communication, and in particular to a positioning method, device and system.

背景技术Background technique

定位,即获取终端的位置信息,是通信系统中的重要功能之一。以第五代(5th generation,5G)系统为例,可以由定位管理功能(location management function,LMF)网元使用相关定位技术确定终端的位置。其中,常见的定位技术可以包括基于信号质量、信号角度、或信号到达时间差的定位技术。Positioning, that is, obtaining location information of a terminal, is one of the important functions in a communication system. Taking the fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) system as an example, the location of the terminal can be determined by a location management function (location management function, LMF) network element using related positioning technologies. Among them, common positioning technologies may include positioning technologies based on signal quality, signal angle, or signal arrival time difference.

随着通信需求的发展,5G网络及未来演进的网络不仅要满足多种业务需求,还要提供更广的业务覆盖。其中,非陆地网络(non-terrestrial network,NTN)受地理条件影响较小,可以实现全球覆盖的目标,是未来通信发展的重要方向。With the development of communication requirements, 5G networks and future evolved networks must not only meet various service requirements, but also provide wider service coverage. Among them, the non-terrestrial network (NTN) is less affected by geographical conditions and can achieve the goal of global coverage, which is an important direction for future communication development.

在NTN中,卫星距离地面很远,卫星关联小区的小区中心和小区边缘的信号质量以及信号到达时间相差很小。此外,信号角度和地面网络中的信号角度差别很大,一些卫星的信号一直是垂直于地面的。因此,不论是基于信号质量或信号角度,还是基于信号到达时间的定位技术,可能都不再适用于NTN。In NTN, the satellite is far away from the ground, and the signal quality and signal arrival time difference between the center of the cell and the edge of the cell associated with the satellite is very small. In addition, the angle of the signal and the angle of the signal in the terrestrial network are very different, and the signal of some satellites is always perpendicular to the ground. Therefore, positioning techniques, whether based on signal quality or signal angle, or signal time of arrival, may no longer be suitable for NTN.

发明内容Contents of the invention

本申请提供一种定位方法、装置及系统,能够用于实现非陆地网络NTN中的终端定位。The present application provides a positioning method, device and system, which can be used to realize terminal positioning in a non-terrestrial network NTN.

第一方面,提供了一种定位方法,该方法可以由终端执行,也可以由终端的部件,例如终端的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,还可以由能实现全部或部分终端功能的逻辑模块或软件实现,本申请以终端执行该方法为例进行说明。该方法包括:确定定位信息,并向网络设备发送该定位信息。其中,该定位信息包括以下一项或多项:至少一个小区的覆盖剩余时间、至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间、或终端的第一位置与小区位置之间的距离,终端的第一位置为终端确定的位置,小区位置包括至少一个小区的中心位置和/或边缘位置,至少一个小区与卫星关联。In the first aspect, a positioning method is provided. The method can be executed by a terminal, or by a component of the terminal, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the terminal, or by a device that can realize all or part of the terminal functions. Realized by logic modules or software, this application uses the terminal to execute the method as an example for illustration. The method includes: determining positioning information, and sending the positioning information to network equipment. Wherein, the positioning information includes one or more of the following: the remaining coverage time of at least one cell, the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, or the distance between the first location of the terminal and the location of the cell, where the first location of the terminal is the terminal The determined position, the cell position includes a center position and/or an edge position of at least one cell, and at least one cell is associated with a satellite.

基于该方案,终端向网络设备上报小区覆盖剩余时间、小区持续覆盖时间、或终端与小区中心和/或边缘之间的距离。使得在NTN中,网络设备可以结合终端上报的信息以及卫星的星历等NTN中特有的信息,来实现NTN中的终端定位。此外,本申请中,网络设备通过终端上报的覆盖剩余时间、持续覆盖时间、或终端与小区中心和/或边缘之间的距离等,来推算终端的位置,在网络设备发现推算出的位置不存在的情况下,可以认为终端上报的信息为虚假信息,从而能够识别非法终端,或者被劫持或攻击的终端,进而后续可以停止为该终端服务等,以减少资源的浪费。Based on this solution, the terminal reports the remaining time of cell coverage, the continuous coverage time of the cell, or the distance between the terminal and the center and/or edge of the cell to the network device. Therefore, in the NTN, the network equipment can combine the information reported by the terminal and the information specific to the NTN, such as the satellite ephemeris, to realize the terminal positioning in the NTN. In addition, in this application, the network device calculates the position of the terminal based on the remaining coverage time reported by the terminal, the continuous coverage time, or the distance between the terminal and the center and/or edge of the cell, etc., and the network device finds that the calculated position is not If it exists, it can be considered that the information reported by the terminal is false information, so that an illegal terminal, or a terminal that has been hijacked or attacked can be identified, and then services for the terminal can be stopped in the future to reduce the waste of resources.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,至少一个小区包括第一小区;定位信息包括至少一个小区的覆盖剩余时间;确定定位信息,包括:根据第一卫星的星历、第一小区的覆盖范围、以及终端的第一位置,确定第一小区的覆盖剩余时间,第一卫星与第一小区关联。基于该实施方式,终端能够根据卫星的星历等NTN中特有的信息确定小区的覆盖剩余 时间。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, at least one cell includes the first cell; the positioning information includes the remaining coverage time of the at least one cell; determining the positioning information includes: according to the ephemeris of the first satellite, the first satellite The coverage range of a cell and the first location of the terminal determine the remaining coverage time of the first cell, and the first satellite is associated with the first cell. Based on this embodiment, the terminal can determine the remaining coverage time of the cell according to the specific information in NTN such as satellite ephemeris.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,根据第一卫星的星历、第一小区的覆盖范围、以及终端的第一位置,确定第一小区的覆盖剩余时间,包括:根据第一卫星的星历,确定第一卫星的移动方向和移动速度;根据终端的第一位置、第一小区的覆盖范围、以及第一卫星的移动方向,确定终端的第一位置和第一小区的第一边缘之间的距离,第一边缘为背离移动方向的边缘;根据第一卫星的移动速度以及终端的第一位置和第一边缘之间的距离,确定第一小区的覆盖剩余时间。基于该实施方式,提供一种具体的小区覆盖剩余时间的确定方法。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, determining the remaining coverage time of the first cell according to the ephemeris of the first satellite, the coverage of the first cell, and the first location of the terminal includes: according to The ephemeris of the first satellite, determine the moving direction and moving speed of the first satellite; determine the first position and the first cell of the terminal according to the first position of the terminal, the coverage of the first cell, and the moving direction of the first satellite The distance between the first edges, the first edge is an edge away from the moving direction; according to the moving speed of the first satellite and the distance between the first position of the terminal and the first edge, determine the remaining coverage time of the first cell. Based on this embodiment, a specific method for determining the remaining time of cell coverage is provided.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,该方法还包括:接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示定位信息的类型包括覆盖剩余时间。基于该实施方式,终端可以根据网络设备的指示确定定位信息,从而提高该定位信息的可用程度,降低终端确定无用信息的发生概率,以提高定位效率。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the method further includes: receiving first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of the positioning information includes remaining coverage time. Based on this embodiment, the terminal can determine the positioning information according to the instruction of the network device, thereby improving the usability of the positioning information, reducing the occurrence probability of the terminal determining useless information, and improving the positioning efficiency.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,至少一个小区包括第二小区,定位信息包括终端的第一位置与小区位置之间的距离;确定定位信息,包括:根据第二小区的覆盖范围和终端的第一位置,确定终端的第一位置与第二小区的边缘位置和/或中心位置之间的距离;或者,根据第二卫星的星历和终端的第一位置,确定终端的第一位置与第二小区的中心位置之间的距离,第二卫星与第二小区关联。基于该实施方式,终端能够根据卫星的星历等NTN中特有的信息确定终端的第一位置与小区位置之间的距离。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, at least one cell includes a second cell, and the positioning information includes the distance between the first location of the terminal and the location of the cell; determining the positioning information includes: according to the second cell coverage range and the first location of the terminal, determine the distance between the first location of the terminal and the edge location and/or center location of the second cell; or, according to the ephemeris of the second satellite and the first location of the terminal, determine The distance between the first location of the terminal and the central location of the second cell, and the second satellite is associated with the second cell. Based on this embodiment, the terminal can determine the distance between the first location of the terminal and the location of the cell according to the specific information in the NTN such as satellite ephemeris.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,根据第二卫星的星历和终端的第一位置,确定终端的第一位置与第二小区的中心位置之间的距离,包括:根据第二卫星的星历确定第二卫星的位置,根据第二卫星的位置确定第二小区的中心位置;确定第二小区的中心位置和终端的第一位置之间的距离。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, determining the distance between the first location of the terminal and the center location of the second cell according to the ephemeris of the second satellite and the first location of the terminal includes: Determine the position of the second satellite according to the ephemeris of the second satellite, determine the center position of the second cell according to the position of the second satellite; determine the distance between the center position of the second cell and the first position of the terminal.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,该方法还包括:接收来自网络设备的第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示定位信息的类型包括终端与小区位置之间的距离。基于该实施方式,终端可以根据网络设备的指示确定定位信息,从而提高该定位信息的可用程度,降低终端确定无用信息的发生概率,以提高定位效率。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: receiving second indication information from the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes the location between the terminal and the location of the cell distance. Based on this embodiment, the terminal can determine the positioning information according to the instruction of the network device, thereby improving the usability of the positioning information, reducing the occurrence probability of the terminal determining useless information, and improving the positioning efficiency.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,该方法还包括:向网络设备发送第一时间信息,第一时间信息用于指示确定定位信息的时间。基于该实施方式,终端上报的第一时间信息能够使得网络设备获知终端上报的定位信息是某一时刻对应的信息,从而可以根据该时间信息确定该时刻小区的覆盖范围,并根据该覆盖范围确定终端的位置,进而提高定位准确性。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the method further includes: sending first time information to the network device, where the first time information is used to indicate the time when the positioning information is determined. Based on this embodiment, the first time information reported by the terminal can enable the network device to know that the positioning information reported by the terminal corresponds to a certain time, so that the coverage of the cell at that time can be determined according to the time information, and the coverage can be determined based on the coverage. The location of the terminal, thereby improving the positioning accuracy.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,至少一个小区包括第三小区;定位信息包括至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间;确定定位信息,包括:测量第三小区,得到第三小区的信号质量;根据第三小区的信号质量,确定第三小区的持续覆盖时间。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, at least one cell includes a third cell; the positioning information includes the continuous coverage time of at least one cell; determining the positioning information includes: measuring the third cell to obtain the third cell The signal quality of the third cell; determine the continuous coverage time of the third cell according to the signal quality of the third cell.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,该方法还包括:向网络设备发送第二时间信息,第二时间信息用于指示测量时长,测量时长包括开始测量第三小区的时间至停止测量第三小区的时间之间的时长。基于该方案,终端上报第二时间信息能够使得网络设备获知终端上报的定位信息是某一时间段内对应的信息,从而可以根据该时间信息确定该时间段内小区的覆盖范围,并根据该覆盖范围确定终端的位置,进而提高定位准确性。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: sending second time information to the network device, the second time information is used to indicate the measurement duration, and the measurement duration includes the time when the measurement of the third cell is started Duration until the time the measurement of the third cell is stopped. Based on this scheme, the second time information reported by the terminal can enable the network device to know that the positioning information reported by the terminal corresponds to a certain period of time, so that the coverage of the cell within the period can be determined according to the time information, and based on the coverage The range determines the location of the terminal, thereby improving positioning accuracy.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,确定定位信息,包括:启动定时器,在该定时器运行期间确定定位信息。基于该实施方式,使得终端在定时器的运行时间内确 定定位信息,避免终端无限制地对小区进行测量,从而降低定位信息的确定时延,进而降低定位的整体时延。此外,还可以节省终端的能耗。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, determining the positioning information includes: starting a timer, and determining the positioning information during running of the timer. Based on this embodiment, the terminal can determine the location information within the running time of the timer, avoiding the terminal from measuring the cell without restriction, thereby reducing the time delay of determining the location information, and further reducing the overall time delay of positioning. In addition, the energy consumption of the terminal can also be saved.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,向网络设备发送定位信息,包括:在至少一个小区的数量大于或等于第一阈值的情况下,向网络设备发送定位信息;或者,在至少一个小区的数量大于或等于第一阈值,且至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间大于或等于第二阈值的情况下,向网络设备发送定位信息。基于该实施方式,终端在一定条件下向网络设备发送定位信息,也即对定位信息的内容进行了限制,使得该定位信息包括一定数量小区的持续覆盖时间,进一步的,小区的持续覆盖时间大于或等于一定阈值,从而提高网络设备根据定位信息定位终端的精确度。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, sending the positioning information to the network device includes: sending the positioning information to the network device when the number of at least one cell is greater than or equal to a first threshold; or, When the number of at least one cell is greater than or equal to the first threshold, and the continuous coverage time of at least one cell is greater than or equal to the second threshold, the location information is sent to the network device. Based on this embodiment, the terminal sends positioning information to the network device under certain conditions, that is, the content of the positioning information is limited, so that the positioning information includes the continuous coverage time of a certain number of cells. Further, the continuous coverage time of the cells is greater than Or equal to a certain threshold, so as to improve the accuracy of the network device in locating the terminal according to the locating information.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,该方法还包括:接收来自网络设备的第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示定位信息的类型包括持续覆盖时间。基于该实施方式,终端可以根据网络设备的指示确定定位信息,从而提高该定位信息的可用程度,降低终端确定无用信息的发生概率,以提高定位效率。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the method further includes: receiving third indication information from the network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the type of the positioning information includes continuous coverage time. Based on this embodiment, the terminal can determine the positioning information according to the instruction of the network device, thereby improving the usability of the positioning information, reducing the occurrence probability of the terminal determining useless information, and improving the positioning efficiency.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,该方法还包括:接收来自网络设备的第四指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示至少一个小区。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the method further includes: receiving fourth indication information from the network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one cell.

第二方面,提供了一种定位方法,该方法可以由网络设备执行,也可以由网络设备的部件,例如网络设备的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,还可以由能实现全部或部分网络设备功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。该方法包括:接收来自终端的定位信息,并根据定位信息确定终端的第二位置。其中,该定位信息包括以下一项或多项:至少一个小区的覆盖剩余时间、至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间、或终端的第一位置与小区位置之间的距离,终端的第一位置为终端确定的位置,小区位置包括至少一个小区的中心位置和/或边缘位置,至少一个小区与卫星关联。其中,第二方面所带来的技术效果可参考上述第一方面所带来的技术效果,在此不再赘述。In the second aspect, a positioning method is provided. The method can be executed by a network device, or by a component of the network device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the network device, or can be implemented by all or part of the Logical modules or software implementations of network device functions. The method includes: receiving positioning information from the terminal, and determining the second position of the terminal according to the positioning information. Wherein, the positioning information includes one or more of the following: the remaining coverage time of at least one cell, the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, or the distance between the first location of the terminal and the location of the cell, where the first location of the terminal is the terminal The determined position, the cell position includes a center position and/or an edge position of at least one cell, and at least one cell is associated with a satellite. Wherein, the technical effect brought by the second aspect can refer to the technical effect brought by the first aspect above, and will not be repeated here.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实施方式中,至少一个小区包括第一小区;定位信息包括第一小区的覆盖剩余时间;根据定位信息确定终端的第二位置,包括:根据第一小区的覆盖剩余时间、第一卫星的移动方向、第一卫星的移动速度、以及第一小区的覆盖范围,确定终端的第二位置,第一卫星与第一小区关联。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, at least one cell includes the first cell; the positioning information includes the remaining coverage time of the first cell; determining the second location of the terminal according to the positioning information includes: according to the first The remaining coverage time of the cell, the moving direction of the first satellite, the moving speed of the first satellite, and the coverage of the first cell determine the second position of the terminal, and the first satellite is associated with the first cell.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实施方式中,该方法还包括:向终端发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示定位信息的类型包括覆盖剩余时间。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the method further includes: sending first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes remaining coverage time.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实施方式中,至少一个小区包括第二小区;定位信息包括终端的第一位置与小区位置之间的距离;根据定位信息确定终端的第二位置,包括:根据第二小区的覆盖范围、以及终端的第一位置与第二小区的中心位置或边缘位置之间的距离,确定终端的第二位置。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, at least one cell includes a second cell; the positioning information includes the distance between the first location of the terminal and the location of the cell; determining the second location of the terminal according to the positioning information, The method includes: determining the second location of the terminal according to the coverage of the second cell and the distance between the first location of the terminal and the central location or edge location of the second cell.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实施方式中,该方法还包括:向终端发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示定位信息的类型包括终端与小区位置之间的距离。With reference to the second aspect, in some embodiments of the second aspect, the method further includes: sending second indication information to the terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes the distance between the terminal and the location of the cell.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实施方式中,该方法还包括:接收来自终端的第一时间信息,该第一时间信息用于指示确定定位信息的时间。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the method further includes: receiving first time information from the terminal, where the first time information is used to indicate the time when the positioning information is determined.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实施方式中,至少一个小区包括第三小区;定位信息包括第三小区的持续覆盖时间;根据定位信息确定终端的第二位置,包括:根据第三小区的持续覆盖时间、第三卫星的移动方向、第三卫星的移动速度、以及第三小区的覆盖范围,确定终端的第二位置,第三卫星与第三小区关联。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, at least one cell includes a third cell; the positioning information includes the continuous coverage time of the third cell; determining the second location of the terminal according to the positioning information includes: according to the third The continuous coverage time of the cell, the moving direction of the third satellite, the moving speed of the third satellite, and the coverage of the third cell determine the second position of the terminal, and the third satellite is associated with the third cell.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实施方式中,该方法还包括:向终端发送第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示定位信息的类型包括持续覆盖时间。With reference to the second aspect, in some embodiments of the second aspect, the method further includes: sending third indication information to the terminal, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes continuous coverage time.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实施方式中,该方法还包括:接收来自终端的第二时间信息,该第二时间信息用于指示测量时长,该测量时长包括开始测量第三小区的时间至停止测量第三小区的时间之间的时长。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: receiving second time information from the terminal, where the second time information is used to indicate a measurement duration, and the measurement duration includes starting to measure the third cell The time period between the time of and the time when the measurement of the third cell is stopped.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实施方式中,该方法还包括:向终端发送第四指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示至少一个小区。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the method further includes: sending fourth indication information to the terminal, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one cell.

其中,第二方面的任一实施方式所带来的技术效果可参考上述第一方面的相应实施方式所带来的技术效果,在此不再赘述。Wherein, for the technical effects brought by any implementation manner of the second aspect, reference may be made to the technical effects brought by the corresponding implementation manners of the above-mentioned first aspect, which will not be repeated here.

第三方面,提供了一种通信装置用于实现上述各种方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面中的终端,或者包含上述终端的装置,或者上述终端中包含的装置,比如芯片;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面中的网络设备,或者包含上述网络设备的装置,或者上述网络设备中包含的装置,比如芯片。所述通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。In a third aspect, a communication device is provided for implementing the above various methods. The communication device may be the terminal in the above-mentioned first aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned terminal, or a device included in the above-mentioned terminal, such as a chip; or, the communication device may be the network device in the above-mentioned second aspect, or include the above-mentioned A device of a network device, or a device contained in the above-mentioned network device, such as a chip. The communication device includes a corresponding module, unit, or means (means) for implementing the above method, and the module, unit, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by executing corresponding software on hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.

在一些可能的设计中,该通信装置可以包括收发模块和处理模块。该收发模块,也可以称为收发单元,用以实现上述任一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的发送和/或接收功能。该收发模块可以由收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口构成。该处理模块,可以用于实现上述任一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的处理功能。In some possible designs, the communication device may include a transceiver module and a processing module. The transceiver module, which may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, is configured to implement the sending and/or receiving functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementation manners thereof. The transceiver module may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface. The processing module may be used to implement the processing functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementation manners thereof.

在一些可能的设计中,收发模块包括发送模块和接收模块,分别用于实现上述任一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的发送和接收功能。In some possible designs, the transceiver module includes a sending module and a receiving module, respectively configured to implement the sending and receiving functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementations thereof.

第四方面,提供一种通信装置,包括:处理器和通信接口;该通信接口,用于与该通信装置之外的模块或装置通信;所述处理器用于执行计算机程序或指令,以使该通信装置执行上述任一方面所述的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面中的终端,或者包含上述终端的装置,或者上述终端中包含的装置,比如芯片;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面中的网络设备,或者包含上述网络设备的装置,或者上述网络设备中包含的装置,比如芯片。In a fourth aspect, there is provided a communication device, including: a processor and a communication interface; the communication interface is used to communicate with modules or devices other than the communication device; the processor is used to execute computer programs or instructions to enable the The communication device executes the method described in any one of the above aspects. The communication device may be the terminal in the above-mentioned first aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned terminal, or a device included in the above-mentioned terminal, such as a chip; or, the communication device may be the network device in the above-mentioned second aspect, or include the above-mentioned A device of a network device, or a device contained in the above-mentioned network device, such as a chip.

第五方面,提供一种通信装置,包括:逻辑电路和接口电路;该接口电路,用于输入和/或输出信息;该逻辑电路用于执行上述任一方面所述的方法,对接口电路输入的信息进行处理和/或生成接口电路输出的信息。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面中的终端,或者包含上述终端的装置,或者上述终端中包含的装置,比如芯片;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面中的网络设备,或者包含上述网络设备的装置,或者上述网络设备中包含的装置,比如芯片。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a logic circuit and an interface circuit; the interface circuit is used to input and/or output information; the logic circuit is used to perform the method described in any of the above aspects, and input the interface circuit process the information and/or generate information output by the interface circuit. The communication device may be the terminal in the above-mentioned first aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned terminal, or a device included in the above-mentioned terminal, such as a chip; or, the communication device may be the network device in the above-mentioned second aspect, or include the above-mentioned A device of a network device, or a device contained in the above-mentioned network device, such as a chip.

结合第五方面,在第五方面的一种实施方式中,该通信装置用于实现上述终端的功能时:With reference to the fifth aspect, in an implementation manner of the fifth aspect, when the communication device is used to realize the functions of the above terminal:

在一些可能的设计中,输出的信息为:定位信息,该定位信息包括以下一项或多项:至少一个小区的覆盖剩余时间、至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间、或终端的第一位置与小区位置之间的距离,终端的第一位置为终端确定的位置,小区位置包括至少一个小区的中心位置和/或边缘位置,至少一个小区与卫星关联。In some possible designs, the output information is: positioning information, the positioning information includes one or more of the following: the remaining coverage time of at least one cell, the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, or the first location of the terminal and the cell The distance between the positions, the first position of the terminal is the position determined by the terminal, the cell position includes the central position and/or the edge position of at least one cell, and at least one cell is associated with a satellite.

在一些可能的设计中,输入的信息为:第一指示信息。相应的,对输入的信息进行 处理,包括:根据第一指示信息确定至少一个小区的覆盖剩余时间。In some possible designs, the input information is: first indication information. Correspondingly, processing the input information includes: determining the remaining coverage time of at least one cell according to the first indication information.

在一些可能的设计中,输入的信息为:第二指示信息。相应的,对输入的信息进行处理,包括:根据第二指示信息确定终端与至少一个小区的小区位置之间的距离。In some possible designs, the input information is: second indication information. Correspondingly, processing the input information includes: determining the distance between the terminal and the cell location of at least one cell according to the second indication information.

在一些可能的设计中,输入的信息为:第三指示信息。相应的,对输入的信息进行处理,包括:根据第三指示信息确定至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间。In some possible designs, the input information is: third indication information. Correspondingly, processing the input information includes: determining the continuous coverage time of at least one cell according to the third indication information.

在一些可能的设计中,输出的信息为:第一时间信息,该第一时间信息用于指示确定定位信息的时间。In some possible designs, the output information is: first time information, where the first time information is used to indicate the time when the positioning information is determined.

在一些可能的设计中,输出的信息为:第二时间信息,第二时间信息用于指示测量时长,测量时长包括开始测量第三小区的时间至停止测量第三小区的时间之间的时长。In some possible designs, the output information is: second time information, where the second time information is used to indicate the measurement duration, and the measurement duration includes the duration between the time when the measurement of the third cell is started and the time when the measurement of the third cell is stopped.

结合第五方面,在第五方面的一种实施方式中,该通信装置用于实现上述网络设备的功能时:With reference to the fifth aspect, in an implementation manner of the fifth aspect, when the communication device is used to realize the functions of the above-mentioned network equipment:

在一些可能的设计中,输入的信息为:定位信息,该定位信息包括以下一项或多项:至少一个小区的覆盖剩余时间、至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间、或终端的第一位置与小区位置之间的距离,终端的第一位置为终端确定的位置,小区位置包括至少一个小区的中心位置和/或边缘位置,至少一个小区与卫星关联。相应的,对输入的信息进行处理,包括:根据定位信息确定终端的第二位置。In some possible designs, the input information is: positioning information, and the positioning information includes one or more of the following: the remaining coverage time of at least one cell, the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, or the first location of the terminal and the cell The distance between the positions, the first position of the terminal is the position determined by the terminal, the cell position includes the central position and/or the edge position of at least one cell, and at least one cell is associated with a satellite. Correspondingly, processing the input information includes: determining the second location of the terminal according to the positioning information.

在一些可能的设计中,输出的信息为:第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示定位信息的类型包括覆盖剩余时间。In some possible designs, the output information is: first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes remaining coverage time.

在一些可能的设计中,输出的信息为:第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示定位信息的类型包括终端与小区位置之间的距离。In some possible designs, the output information is: second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes the distance between the terminal and the location of the cell.

在一些可能的设计中,输出的信息为:第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示定位信息的类型包括持续覆盖时间。In some possible designs, the output information is: third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes continuous coverage time.

在一些可能的设计中,输入的信息为:第一时间信息,该第一时间信息用于指示确定定位信息的时间。In some possible designs, the input information is: first time information, where the first time information is used to indicate the time when the positioning information is determined.

在一些可能的设计中,输入的信息为:第二时间信息,第二时间信息用于指示测量时长,测量时长包括开始测量第三小区的时间至停止测量第三小区的时间之间的时长。In some possible designs, the input information is: second time information, the second time information is used to indicate the measurement duration, and the measurement duration includes the time between the time when the measurement of the third cell is started and the time when the measurement of the third cell is stopped.

第六方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:接口电路和处理器,该接口电路为代码/数据读写接口电路,该接口电路用于接收计算机执行指令(计算机执行指令存储在存储器中,可能直接从存储器读取,或可能经过其他器件)并传输至该处理器;处理器用于执行计算机执行指令以使该通信装置执行上述任一方面所述的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面中的终端,或者包含上述终端的装置,或者上述终端中包含的装置,比如芯片;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面中的网络设备,或者包含上述网络设备的装置,或者上述网络设备中包含的装置,比如芯片。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: an interface circuit and a processor, the interface circuit is a code/data read and write interface circuit, and the interface circuit is used to receive computer-executed instructions (computer-executed instructions are stored in a memory, possibly read directly from the memory, or possibly through other devices) and transmit to the processor; the processor is used to execute computer-executed instructions to enable the communication device to perform the method described in any aspect above. The communication device may be the terminal in the above-mentioned first aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned terminal, or a device included in the above-mentioned terminal, such as a chip; or, the communication device may be the network device in the above-mentioned second aspect, or include the above-mentioned A device of a network device, or a device contained in the above-mentioned network device, such as a chip.

第七方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:至少一个处理器;所述处理器用于执行计算机程序或指令,以使该通信装置执行上述任一方面所述的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面中的终端,或者包含上述终端的装置,或者上述终端中包含的装置,比如芯片;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面中的网络设备,或者包含上述网络设备的装置,或者上述网络设备中包含的装置,比如芯片。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, including: at least one processor; the processor is configured to execute computer programs or instructions, so that the communication device executes the method described in any aspect above. The communication device may be the terminal in the above-mentioned first aspect, or a device including the above-mentioned terminal, or a device included in the above-mentioned terminal, such as a chip; or, the communication device may be the network device in the above-mentioned second aspect, or include the above-mentioned A device of a network device, or a device contained in the above-mentioned network device, such as a chip.

在一些可能的设计中,该通信装置还包括至少一个存储器,该存储器,用于保存必要的程序指令和数据。该存储器可以与处理器耦合,或者,也可以独立于该处理器。In some possible designs, the communication device further includes at least one memory, and the memory is used to store necessary program instructions and data. The memory can be coupled to the processor, or it can be independent of the processor.

在一些可能的设计中,该通信装置可以是芯片或芯片系统。该装置是芯片系统时, 可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In some possible designs, the communication device may be a chip or system-on-a-chip. When the device is a system-on-a-chip, it may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.

第八方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当计算机程序或指令在通信装置上运行时,使得通信装置可以执行上述任一方面所述的方法。In an eighth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, where a computer program or an instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program or instruction is run on the communication device, the communication device can execute any of the above-mentioned aspects. described method.

第九方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在通信装置上运行时,使得该通信装置可以执行上述任一方面所述的方法。In a ninth aspect, there is provided a computer program product containing instructions, which, when run on a communication device, enables the communication device to execute the method described in any aspect above.

可以理解的是,第三方面至第九方面中任一方面提供的通信装置是芯片时,上述的发送动作/功能可以理解为输出信息,上述的接收动作/功能可以理解为输入信息。It can be understood that when the communication device provided by any one of the third aspect to the ninth aspect is a chip, the above-mentioned sending action/function can be understood as output information, and the above-mentioned receiving action/function can be understood as input information.

其中,第三方面至第九方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第一方面或第二方面中不同设计方式所带来的技术效果,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the technical effects brought about by any one of the design methods in the third aspect to the ninth aspect can refer to the technical effects brought about by the different design methods in the above-mentioned first aspect or the second aspect, and will not be repeated here.

第十方面,提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括上述方面所述的网络设备和终端。In a tenth aspect, a communication system is provided, and the communication system includes the network device and the terminal described in the above aspect.

附图说明Description of drawings

图1为本申请提供的一种地面网络的定位流程示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a positioning process of a terrestrial network provided by the present application;

图2为本申请提供的一种非地面网络的场景示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a non-terrestrial network scenario provided by the present application;

图3为本申请提供的一种卫星轨道示意图;Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of a satellite orbit provided by the present application;

图4为本申请提供的一种通信系统的结构示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by the present application;

图5a为本申请提供的一种非地面网络的结构示意图;Figure 5a is a schematic structural diagram of a non-terrestrial network provided by the present application;

图5b为本申请提供的另一种非地面网络的结构示意图;Figure 5b is a schematic structural diagram of another non-terrestrial network provided by the present application;

图5c为本申请提供的又一种非地面网络的结构示意图;Figure 5c is a schematic structural diagram of another non-terrestrial network provided by the present application;

图5d为本申请提供的再一种非地面网络的结构示意图;Figure 5d is a schematic structural diagram of another non-terrestrial network provided by the present application;

图6为本申请提供的另一种通信系统的结构示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by the present application;

图7为本申请提供的又一种通信系统的结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by the present application;

图8为本申请提供的一种接入网设备的结构示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device provided by the present application;

图9为本申请提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by the present application;

图10为本申请提供的一种定位方法的流程示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a positioning method provided by the present application;

图11为本申请提供的一种卫星通信场景下的小区覆盖范围示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of cell coverage in a satellite communication scenario provided by the present application;

图12为本申请提供的一种定位原理的示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a positioning principle provided by the present application;

图13为本申请提供的另一种定位原理的示意图;Fig. 13 is a schematic diagram of another positioning principle provided by the present application;

图14为本申请提供的又一种定位原理的示意图;Fig. 14 is a schematic diagram of another positioning principle provided by the present application;

图15为本申请提供的另一种定位方法的流程示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of another positioning method provided by the present application;

图16为本申请提供的又一种定位方法的流程示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart of another positioning method provided by the present application;

图17为本申请提供的一种终端的结构示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by the present application;

图18为本申请提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图;FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by the present application;

图19为本申请提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图。FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by the present application.

具体实施方式detailed description

在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示前后关联的对象是一种“或”的关系,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;本申请中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。In the description of this application, unless otherwise specified, "/" means that the objects associated with each other are an "or" relationship, for example, A/B can mean A or B; "and/or" in this application is only It is an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, among which A, B Can be singular or plural.

在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”是指两个或多于两个。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个) 的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。In the description of the present application, unless otherwise specified, "plurality" means two or more than two. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, at least one item (piece) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple .

另外,为了便于清楚描述本申请实施例的技术方案,在本申请的实施例中,采用了“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能和作用基本相同的相同项或相似项进行区分。本领域技术人员可以理解“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定,并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。In addition, in order to clearly describe the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, in the embodiments of the present application, words such as "first" and "second" are used to distinguish the same or similar items with basically the same function and effect. Those skilled in the art can understand that words such as "first" and "second" do not limit the number and execution order, and words such as "first" and "second" do not necessarily limit the difference.

在本申请实施例中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请实施例中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念,便于理解。In the embodiments of the present application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used as examples, illustrations or illustrations. Any embodiment or design scheme described as "exemplary" or "for example" in the embodiments of the present application shall not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or design schemes. To be precise, the use of words such as "exemplary" or "such as" is intended to present related concepts in a concrete manner for easy understanding.

可以理解,说明书通篇中提到的“实施例”意味着与实施例有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本申请的至少一个实施例中。因此,在整个说明书各个实施例未必指相同的实施例。此外,这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。可以理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It is to be understood that references to "an embodiment" throughout the specification mean that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic related to the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present application. Therefore, various embodiments are not necessarily referring to the same embodiment throughout the specification. Furthermore, the particular features, structures or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments. It can be understood that in various embodiments of the present application, the serial numbers of the processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes no limitation.

可以理解,在本申请中,“…时”以及“若”均指在某种客观情况下会做出相应的处理,并非是限定时间,且也不要求实现时要有判断的动作,也不意味着存在其它限定。It can be understood that in this application, "...when" and "if" both refer to the corresponding processing under certain objective circumstances, and are not time-limited, nor do they require judgment actions during implementation, nor do they imply that other limitations exist.

可以理解,本申请实施例中的一些可选的特征,在某些场景下,可以不依赖于其他特征,比如其当前所基于的方案,而独立实施,解决相应的技术问题,达到相应的效果,也可以在某些场景下,依据需求与其他特征进行结合。相应的,本申请实施例中给出的装置也可以相应的实现这些特征或功能,在此不予赘述。It can be understood that some optional features in the embodiments of the present application, in some scenarios, can be independently implemented without relying on other features, such as the current solution on which they are based, to solve corresponding technical problems and achieve corresponding effects , and can also be combined with other features according to requirements in some scenarios. Correspondingly, the devices provided in the embodiments of the present application can also correspondingly implement these features or functions, which will not be repeated here.

本申请中,除特殊说明外,各个实施例之间相同或相似的部分可以互相参考。在本申请中各个实施例、以及各实施例中的各个实施方式/实施方法/实现方法中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间、以及各实施例中的各个实施方式/实施方法/实现方法之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例、以及各实施例中的各个实施方式/实施方法/实现方法中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例、实施方式、实施方法、或实现方法。以下所述的本申请实施方式并不构成对本申请保护范围的限定。In this application, unless otherwise specified, the parts that are the same or similar among the various embodiments can be referred to each other. In the various embodiments in this application, and the various implementation methods/implementation methods/implementation methods in each embodiment, if there is no special description and logical conflict, different embodiments, and each implementation method/implementation method in each embodiment The terms and/or descriptions between implementation methods/implementation methods are consistent and can be referred to each other. Different embodiments, and the technical features in each implementation manner/implementation method/implementation method in each embodiment are based on their inherent Logical relationships can be combined to form new embodiments, implementation modes, implementation methods, or implementation methods. The following embodiments of the present application are not intended to limit the protection scope of the present application.

以5G系统为例,如图1所示,可以由5G核心网(5G core network,5GC)定位服务实体(5GC location service entities,5GC LCS entities)、接入与移动管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)网元、或终端向定位管理功能(location management function,LMF)网元发起定位服务请求(location service request)。其中,定位服务请求由5GC LCS或终端发起时,需要先向AMF网元发送该定位服务请求(参见步骤1a或步骤1c,步骤1b表示由AMF网元发起定位服务请求),再由AMF网元向LMF网元转发该定位服务请求(参见步骤2)。Taking the 5G system as an example, as shown in Figure 1, the 5G core network (5G core network, 5GC) can locate service entities (5GC location service entities, 5GC LCS entities), access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function) , AMF) network element, or terminal initiates a location service request (location service request) to a location management function (location management function, LMF) network element. Among them, when the location service request is initiated by the 5GC LCS or the terminal, it is necessary to first send the location service request to the AMF network element (see step 1a or step 1c, step 1b means that the location service request is initiated by the AMF network element), and then the AMF network element Forward the location service request to the LMF network element (see step 2).

LMF网元接收定位请求后,可以基于终端和接入网设备测量得到的结果使用相关定位技术确定终端的位置(参见步骤3a和3b),并发送定位服务响应(location service response)以指示该终端的位置。类似的,定位服务请求由5GC LCS或终端发起时,LMF网元先向AMF网元发送定位服务响应(参见步骤4),再由AMF网元向5GC LCS或终端转发该定位服务响应(参见步骤5a或步骤5c,步骤5b表示AMF网元发起 定位服务请求时,定位服务响应发送给AMF网元)。After the LMF network element receives the positioning request, it can use the relevant positioning technology to determine the location of the terminal based on the measurement results of the terminal and the access network equipment (see steps 3a and 3b), and send a location service response (location service response) to indicate the terminal s position. Similarly, when a location service request is initiated by a 5GC LCS or a terminal, the LMF network element first sends a location service response to the AMF network element (see step 4), and then the AMF network element forwards the location service response to the 5GC LCS or terminal (see step 4). 5a or step 5c, step 5b indicates that when the AMF network element initiates a location service request, the location service response is sent to the AMF network element).

然而,由上述背景技术所述,图1所示的流程可能不再适用于NTN。基于此,本申请提供一种定位方法,用于解决NTN中的定位问题。However, as described in the background art above, the process shown in FIG. 1 may no longer be applicable to NTN. Based on this, the present application provides a positioning method for solving the positioning problem in the NTN.

其中,相对于传统的地面网络而言,NTN采用典型的飞行平台参与布网,例如,将基站或部分基站功能部署在飞平台上为终端提供覆盖,或者,利用飞行平台作为中继转发地面基站的信号为终端提供覆盖。Among them, compared with the traditional ground network, NTN uses a typical flying platform to participate in network deployment, for example, deploying base stations or some base station functions on the flying platform to provide coverage for the terminal, or using the flying platform as a relay to forward ground base stations The signal provides coverage for the terminal.

如图2所示,按照飞行平台距离地面的高度,NTN可以包括低空平台(low altitude platform,LAP)子网(LAP subnetwork)、高空平台(high altitude platform,HAP)子网(HAP subnetwork)、以及卫星通信子网(SATCOM subnetwork)。As shown in Figure 2, according to the height of the flight platform from the ground, the NTN can include a low altitude platform (low altitude platform, LAP) subnetwork (LAP subnetwork), a high altitude platform (high altitude platform, HAP) subnetwork (HAP subnetwork), and Satellite communication subnetwork (SATCOM subnetwork).

示例性的,LAP subnetwork中,基站或基站功能部署于距离地面0.1km至1km的低空飞行平台(例如无人机)上为终端提供覆盖;HAP subnetwork中,基站或基站功能部署于距离地面1km至50km的高空飞行平台(例如飞机)上为终端提供覆盖;SATCOM subnetwork中,基站或基站功能部署于距离地面50km以上的卫星上为终端提供覆盖。卫星通信具有全球覆盖、远距离传输、组网灵活、部署方便和不受地理位置限制等显著优点,已经被广泛应用于海上通信、定位导航、抗险救灾、科学实验、视频广播、对地观测等多个领域。Exemplarily, in the LAP subnetwork, the base station or the base station function is deployed on a low-altitude flight platform (such as a UAV) 0.1km to 1km away from the ground to provide coverage for the terminal; in the HAP subnetwork, the base station or the base station function is deployed on the ground 1km to 1km The 50km high-altitude flight platform (such as an airplane) provides coverage for the terminal; in the SATCOM subnetwork, the base station or base station function is deployed on the satellite above 50km from the ground to provide coverage for the terminal. Satellite communication has significant advantages such as global coverage, long-distance transmission, flexible networking, convenient deployment, and no geographical restrictions. It has been widely used in maritime communications, positioning and navigation, disaster relief, scientific experiments, video broadcasting, and earth observation. and many other fields.

进一步的,按照卫星高度,即卫星轨位高度,如图3所示,可以将卫星分为高椭圆轨道(highly elliptical orbiting,HEO)卫星、高轨(geostationary earth orbit,GEO)卫星、中轨(medium earth orbit,MEO)卫星和低轨(low-earth orbit,LEO)卫星。其中,GEO卫星又称静止卫星,其运动速度与地球自转速度相同,因此GEO卫星相对地面保持静止状态,对应的,GEO卫星的小区也是静止的。GEO卫星小区的覆盖较大,一般情况下小区的直径为500km。LEO卫星相对地面移动较快,大约7km每秒,因此LEO卫星提供的服务覆盖区域也随之移动。通常来说,卫星的轨道越高其覆盖面积越大,但是其通信时延也越长。Further, according to the satellite height, that is, the satellite orbit height, as shown in Figure 3, satellites can be divided into highly elliptical orbit (highly elliptical orbit, HEO) satellites, high medium earth orbit (MEO) satellites and low-earth orbit (LEO) satellites. Wherein, the GEO satellite is also called a stationary satellite, and its motion speed is the same as the rotation speed of the earth, so the GEO satellite remains stationary relative to the ground, and correspondingly, the cells of the GEO satellite are also stationary. The coverage of the GEO satellite community is relatively large, and the diameter of the community is generally 500km. LEO satellites move faster relative to the ground, about 7km per second, so the service coverage area provided by LEO satellites also moves accordingly. Generally speaking, the higher the orbit of the satellite, the larger the coverage area, but the longer the communication delay.

其中,低轨卫星通信系统距离地面近、通信时延短、数据传输率高,移动终端的重量体积与个人移动设备相差无几,更适合大众市场普及,成为当前产业发展的热点。从1990年至今,数个低轨和中轨卫星通信网络已经正式提供商业服务,其中比较著名的包括低轨的铱星网络和中轨的O3b网络。Among them, the low-orbit satellite communication system is close to the ground, has short communication delay, high data transmission rate, and the weight and volume of mobile terminals are almost the same as personal mobile devices. It is more suitable for popularization in the mass market and has become a hot spot in current industrial development. Since 1990, several low-orbit and medium-orbit satellite communication networks have officially provided commercial services, among which the more famous ones include the low-orbit Iridium network and the medium-orbit O3b network.

下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application.

本申请实施例的技术方案可用于各种通信系统,该通信系统可以为第三代合作伙伴计划(third generation partnership project,3GPP)通信系统,例如,长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、新空口(new radio,NR)系统等5G系统、、车联网(vehicle to everything,V2X)系统、或者LTE和5G混合组网的系统、或者设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)通信系统、机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信系统、物联网(Internet of Things,IoT),以及其他下一代通信系统。该通信系统也可以为非3GPP通信系统,不予限制。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be used in various communication systems, and the communication system can be a third generation partnership project (third generation partnership project, 3GPP) communication system, for example, a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, a new 5G systems such as air interface (new radio, NR) systems, vehicle to everything (V2X) systems, or LTE and 5G hybrid networking systems, or device-to-device (D2D) communication systems, Machine to machine (M2M) communication systems, Internet of Things (IoT), and other next-generation communication systems. The communication system may also be a non-3GPP communication system without limitation.

本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信场景,例如可以应用于以下通信场景中的一种或多种:增强移动宽带(enhanced mobile broadband,eMBB)、超可靠低时延通信(ultra reliable low latency communication,URLLC)、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)、大规模机器类型通信(massive machine type communications,mMTC)、D2D、V2X、和IoT等通信场景。The technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication scenarios, for example, it can be applied to one or more of the following communication scenarios: enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), ultra-reliable low-latency communication (ultra reliable Communication scenarios such as low latency communication (URLLC), machine type communication (MTC), massive machine type communication (mMTC), D2D, V2X, and IoT.

其中,上述适用本申请的通信系统和通信场景仅是举例说明,适用本申请的通信系 统和通信场景不限于此,本申请提供的通信系统和通信场景对本申请的方案不造成任何限定,在此统一说明,以下不再赘述。Among them, the above-mentioned communication systems and communication scenarios applicable to this application are only examples, and the communication systems and communication scenarios applicable to this application are not limited thereto. The communication systems and communication scenarios provided by this application do not impose any restrictions on the solutions of this application. Here Unified descriptions will not be repeated below.

作为一种可能的实现,参见图4,为本申请提供一种适用于本申请方案的通信系统40,该通信系统40包括至少一个终端401和至少一个网络设备402。As a possible implementation, referring to FIG. 4 , the present application provides a communication system 40 applicable to the solution of the present application, and the communication system 40 includes at least one terminal 401 and at least one network device 402 .

作为一种具体的示例,该网络设备402可以为接入网设备402。接入网设备是无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的一种将终端接入到无线网络的设备,RAN可以与核心网相连(例如可以是LTE的核心网,也可以是5G的核心网等)。As a specific example, the network device 402 may be an access network device 402 . The access network device is a device in the wireless access network (radio access network, RAN) that connects the terminal to the wireless network. The RAN can be connected to the core network (for example, it can be the core network of LTE or 5G core network, etc.).

参见图5a,该接入网设备402可以部署于地面,作为地面网络的一部分,通过核心网与数据网络通信。此时,本申请提供的通信系统40还可以包括部署于飞行平台上的中继设备,该中继设备作为层1中继(L1relay),重新生成物理层信号并转发给接入网设备或终端。Referring to Fig. 5a, the access network device 402 may be deployed on the ground, as a part of the ground network, and communicate with the data network through the core network. At this time, the communication system 40 provided by the present application may also include a relay device deployed on the flight platform, which acts as a layer 1 relay (L1relay), regenerates the physical layer signal and forwards it to the access network device or terminal .

参见图5b,该接入网设备402可以部署于飞行平台,实现地面站的功能,直接与核心网通信,进一步的,通过核心网与数据网络通信。Referring to Fig. 5b, the access network device 402 can be deployed on the flight platform to realize the function of a ground station, communicate directly with the core network, and further communicate with the data network through the core network.

参见图5c,该接入网设备402可以部署于飞行平台,实现地面站的功能,直接与核心网通信,进一步的,通过核心网与数据网络通信。此外,搭载于不同飞行平台的接入网设备之间存在卫星间链路(inter-satellite link,ISL),接入网设备之间可以通过该ISL通信。Referring to Fig. 5c, the access network device 402 can be deployed on the flight platform to realize the function of a ground station, communicate directly with the core network, and further communicate with the data network through the core network. In addition, there is an inter-satellite link (ISL) between the access network devices mounted on different flight platforms, and the access network devices can communicate through the ISL.

参见图5d,该接入网设备402可以包括部署于飞行平台上的分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)和部署于地面的集中单元(central unit,CU)。部署于飞行平台的DU与部署于地面的CU通过FI接口通信。部署于地面的CU与核心网通信,进一步的,通过核心网与数据网络通信。Referring to FIG. 5d, the access network device 402 may include a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) deployed on the flight platform and a centralized unit (central unit, CU) deployed on the ground. The DU deployed on the flight platform communicates with the CU deployed on the ground through the FI interface. The CU deployed on the ground communicates with the core network, and further, communicates with the data network through the core network.

作为另一种具体的示例,参见图6,该网络设备402可以为移动管理网元402,其主要用于移动网络中的终端的附着、移动性管理、跟踪区更新流程。移动管理网元终结了非接入层(non access stratum,NAS)消息、完成注册管理、连接管理以及可达性管理、分配跟踪区域列表(track area list,TA list)以及移动性管理等,并且透明路由会话管理(session management,SM)消息到会话管理网元。在5G通信系统中,该移动管理网元可以是AMF网元。在未来通信如第六代(6th generation,6G)通信中,移动管理网元仍可以是AMF网元,或者有其它名称,本申请实施例对此不作限定。As another specific example, referring to FIG. 6 , the network device 402 may be a mobility management network element 402, which is mainly used for procedures of terminal attachment, mobility management, and tracking area update in a mobile network. The mobility management network element terminates non-access stratum (NAS) messages, completes registration management, connection management and reachability management, assigns track area list (TA list) and mobility management, etc., and Transparent routing of session management (session management, SM) messages to session management network elements. In a 5G communication system, the mobility management network element may be an AMF network element. In future communications such as sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) communications, the mobility management network element may still be an AMF network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

可选的,该场景下,本申请提供的通信系统40还可以包括接入网设备403,该接入网设备403的部署方式可参考上述图5a至图5d的相关说明,在此不再赘述。此外,该场景下,终端401和移动管理网元402可以通过接入网设备403的转发进行通信。Optionally, in this scenario, the communication system 40 provided by the present application may also include an access network device 403. For the deployment method of the access network device 403, please refer to the relevant descriptions in the above-mentioned FIGS. . In addition, in this scenario, the terminal 401 and the mobility management network element 402 can communicate through forwarding by the access network device 403 .

作为又一种具体的示例,参见图7,该网络设备402可以为位置管理网元402,其可以用于定位业务的定位请求管理、定位资源调配、获取终端的位置信息,并将位置信息返回给相关网元等。在5G通信系统中,位置管理网元402所对应的网元或者实体可以为5G网络架构中的LMF网元。在未来通信如第六代通信(the 6th generation,6G)系统中,位置管理网元402仍可以是LMF网元,或者位置管理网元402有其它名称,本申请实施例对此不作限定。As yet another specific example, referring to FIG. 7, the network device 402 can be a location management network element 402, which can be used for location request management of location services, location resource allocation, acquisition of terminal location information, and return location information to relevant network elements, etc. In the 5G communication system, the network element or entity corresponding to the location management network element 402 may be the LMF network element in the 5G network architecture. In future communications such as the sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) system, the location management network element 402 may still be an LMF network element, or the location management network element 402 has other names, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

可选的,该场景下,本申请提供的通信系统40还可以包括接入网设备403和移动管理网元404。接入网设备403和移动管理网元404可参考上述相关说明,在此不再赘述。此外,该场景下,终端401和位置管理功能网元402可以通过接入网设备403和移动管理网元404的转发进行通信。Optionally, in this scenario, the communication system 40 provided by the present application may further include an access network device 403 and a mobility management network element 404 . For the access network device 403 and the mobility management network element 404, reference may be made to the relevant description above, and details are not repeated here. In addition, in this scenario, the terminal 401 and the location management function network element 402 can communicate through the forwarding of the access network device 403 and the mobility management network element 404 .

可选的,本申请涉及的接入网设备可以是LTE中的演进型基站(evolved Node B, eNB或eNodeB);或者5G网络中的基站(gNodeB,gNB);或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的基站,宽带网络业务网关(broadband network gateway,BNG),汇聚交换机或非3GPP接入设备;或者本申请实施例中的接入网设备20还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)中的无线控制器;或者传输接收节点(transmission and reception point,TRP),或者包括TRP的设备等,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。可选的,本申请实施例中的基站可以包括各种形式的基站,例如:宏基站,微基站(也称为小站),中继站,接入点等,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the access network equipment involved in this application may be an evolved base station (evolved Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in LTE; or a base station (gNodeB, gNB) in a 5G network; or a future evolved public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN) base station, broadband network service gateway (broadband network gateway, BNG), aggregation switch or non-3GPP access equipment; or the access network equipment 20 in the embodiment of the present application can also be cloud wireless A wireless controller in an access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN); or a transmission and reception point (transmission and reception point, TRP), or a device including a TRP, etc., which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application. Optionally, the base stations in this embodiment of the present application may include various forms of base stations, such as: macro base stations, micro base stations (also called small stations), relay stations, access points, etc., which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application .

可选的,本申请涉及的CU和DU可以理解为是对接入网设备从逻辑功能角度的划分。如图8所示,CU代表接入网设备通过NG接口和5G核心网(5G core network,5GC)连接,还代表接入网设备通过Xn接口和其他接入网设备连接。此外,还可以代表接入网设备通过X2接口和eNB(或eNodeB)连接执行双连接操作。Optionally, the CU and DU involved in this application can be understood as the division of access network devices from the perspective of logical functions. As shown in Figure 8, CU represents that the access network device is connected to the 5G core network (5G core network, 5GC) through the NG interface, and also represents that the access network device is connected to other access network devices through the Xn interface. In addition, the dual connection operation can also be performed on behalf of the access network device to connect with the eNB (or eNodeB) through the X2 interface.

其中,CU和DU之间可以通过接口相连,例如可以是F1接口。CU和DU在物理上可以是分离的,也可以部署在一起,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。CU和DU可以根据无线网络的协议层划分。例如,无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)协议层、业务数据适配协议栈(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)协议层以及分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)协议层的功能设置在CU中,而无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)协议层,媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)协议层,物理(physical,PHY)协议层等的功能设置在DU中。Wherein, the CU and the DU may be connected through an interface, such as an F1 interface. The CU and DU may be physically separated or deployed together, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application. CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network. For example, the function settings of the radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) protocol layer, service data adaptation protocol stack (service data adaptation protocol, SDAP) protocol layer, and packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) protocol layer In the CU, functions such as the radio link control (radio link control, RLC) protocol layer, media access control (media access control, MAC) protocol layer, and physical (physical, PHY) protocol layer are set in the DU.

可以理解,对CU和DU处理功能按照这种协议层的划分仅仅是一种举例,也可以按照其他的方式进行划分。It can be understood that the division of the CU and DU processing functions according to this protocol layer is only an example, and may also be divided in other ways.

例如,可以将CU或者DU划分为具有更多协议层的功能。例如,CU或DU还可以划分为具有协议层的部分处理功能。在一种设计中,将RLC层的部分功能和RLC层以上的协议层的功能设置在CU,将RLC层的剩余功能和RLC层以下的协议层的功能设置在DU。在另一种设计中,还可以按照业务类型或者其他系统需求对CU或者DU的功能进行划分。例如按时延划分,将处理时间需要满足时延要求的功能设置在DU,不需要满足该时延要求的功能设置在CU。在另一种设计中,CU也可以具有核心网的一个或多个功能。一个或者多个CU可以集中设置,也分离设置。例如CU可以设置在网络侧方便集中管理。DU可以具有多个射频功能,也可以将射频功能拉远设置。For example, a CU or DU can be divided into functions with more protocol layers. For example, a CU or DU can also be divided into some processing functions having a protocol layer. In one design, part of the functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layers above the RLC layer are set in the CU, and the rest of the functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layers below the RLC layer are set in the DU. In another design, the functions of the CU or DU may also be divided according to service types or other system requirements. For example, according to delay, the functions whose processing time needs to meet the delay requirement are set in the DU, and the functions that do not need to meet the delay requirement are set in the CU. In another design, the CU may also have one or more functions of the core network. One or more CUs can be set centrally or separately. For example, the CU can be set on the network side to facilitate centralized management. The DU can have multiple radio functions, or the radio functions can be set remotely.

进一步的,CU的功能可以由一个实体来实现也可以由不同的实体实现,例如,CU可以由CU控制面(CU control plane,CU-CP)和CU用户面(CU user plane,CU-UP)组成,CU-CP和CU-UP可以理解为是对CU从逻辑功能的角度进行划分。其中,CU-CP和CU-UP可以根据无线网络的协议层划分,例如,RRC协议层和信令无线承载(signal radio bearer,SRB)对应的PDCP协议层的功能设置在CU-CP中,数据无线承载(data radio bearer,DRB)对应的PDCP协议层的功能设置在CU-UP中。此外,SDAP协议层的功能也可能设置在CU-UP中。Furthermore, the functions of the CU can be implemented by one entity or by different entities. For example, the CU can be implemented by the CU control plane (CU control plane, CU-CP) and the CU user plane (CU user plane, CU-UP) Composition, CU-CP and CU-UP can be understood as dividing the CU from the perspective of logical functions. Among them, the CU-CP and CU-UP can be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network. For example, the functions of the RRC protocol layer and the PDCP protocol layer corresponding to the signaling radio bearer (Signal radio bearer, SRB) are set in the CU-CP, and the data The functions of the PDCP protocol layer corresponding to the radio bearer (data radio bearer, DRB) are set in the CU-UP. In addition, the functions of the SDAP protocol layer may also be set in the CU-UP.

可选的,本申请涉及的终端,可以是用于实现通信功能的设备。终端也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、终端设备、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站(mobile station,MS)、远方站、远程终端、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)、用户终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。终端例如可以是IoT、V2X、D2D、M2M、5G网络、或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network, PLMN)中的无线终端或有线终端。无线终端可以是指一种具有无线收发功能的设备,可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。Optionally, the terminal involved in this application may be a device for implementing a communication function. The terminal may also be called user equipment (user equipment, UE), terminal equipment, access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station (mobile station, MS), remote station, remote terminal, mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT) , user terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc. The terminal may be, for example, an IoT, V2X, D2D, M2M, 5G network, or a wireless terminal or a wired terminal in a future evolved public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN). A wireless terminal can refer to a device with wireless transceiver functions, which can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, hand-held or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons and satellites, etc.).

示例性的,终端可以是IoT设备(例如,传感器,电表,水表等)、V2X设备、无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)中的站点(station,ST)、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)设备、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备(也可以称为穿戴式智能设备)、平板电脑或带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、车载终端、具有车对车(vehicle-to-vehicle,V2V)通信能力的车辆、智能网联车、具有无人机对无人机(UAV to UAV,U2U)通信能力的无人机等等。终端可以是移动的,也可以是固定的,本申请对此不作具体限定。Exemplarily, the terminal may be an IoT device (such as a sensor, an electric meter, a water meter, etc.), a V2X device, a station (station, ST) in a wireless local area network (wireless local area networks, WLAN), a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation Protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) telephone, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, personal digital assistant (PDA) device, handheld device with wireless communication function, computing device or connected to a wireless modem Other processing devices, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices (also known as wearable smart devices), tablet computers or computers with wireless transceiver functions, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminals, industrial control (industrial control) Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, smart city Wireless terminals in (smart city), wireless terminals in smart home (smart home), vehicle-mounted terminals, vehicles with vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication capabilities, intelligent networked vehicles, drones UAVs with UAV (UAV to UAV, U2U) communication capabilities, etc. The terminal may be mobile or fixed, which is not specifically limited in this application.

需要说明的是,本申请实施例描述的通信系统是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。It should be noted that the communication system described in the embodiment of the present application is to illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application more clearly, and does not constitute a limitation to the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application. With the evolution of the network architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to similar technical problems.

本申请涉及的终端或网络设备的相关功能可以由一个设备实现,也可以由多个设备共同实现,还可以是由一个设备内的一个或多个功能模块实现,或者可以为一个或多个芯片,也可以为片上系统(system on chip,SOC)或芯片系统,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。The relevant functions of the terminal or network device involved in this application can be realized by one device, or by multiple devices, or by one or more functional modules in one device, or by one or more chips , can also be a system on chip (system on chip, SOC) or a chip system, and the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.

可以理解的是,上述功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能,或者是硬件与软件的结合,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。It can be understood that the above functions can be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or a combination of hardware and software, or instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform) virtualization capabilities.

例如,本申请涉及的终端或网络设备的相关功能可以通过图9中的通信装置900来实现。图9所示为本申请实施例提供的通信装置900的结构示意图。该通信装置900包括一个或多个处理器901,通信线路902,以及至少一个通信接口(图9中仅是示例性的以包括通信接口904,以及一个处理器901为例进行说明),可选的,还可以包括存储器903。For example, the relevant functions of the terminal or network equipment involved in the present application may be implemented by the communication apparatus 900 in FIG. 9 . FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 900 includes one or more processors 901, communication lines 902, and at least one communication interface (in FIG. 9, it is only exemplary to include a communication interface 904 and a processor 901 for illustration), optional Yes, a memory 903 may also be included.

处理器901可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。The processor 901 can be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, a specific application integrated circuit (application-specific integrated circuit, ASIC), or one or more for controlling the implementation of the application program program integrated circuit.

通信线路902可以用于通信装置900包括的不同组件之间的通信。The communication line 902 may be used for communication between different components included in the communication device 900 .

通信接口904,可以是收发模块用于与其他设备或通信网络通信,如以太网,无线接入网(wireless access networks,RAN),无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)等。例如,所述收发模块可以是收发器、收发机一类的装置。可选的,所述通信接口904也可以是位于处理器901内的收发电路,用以实现处理器的信号输入和信号输出。The communication interface 904 may be a transceiver module for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, wireless access networks (wireless access networks, RAN), wireless local area networks (wireless local area networks, WLAN) and the like. For example, the transceiving module may be a device such as a transceiver or a transceiver. Optionally, the communication interface 904 may also be a transceiver circuit located in the processor 901 to realize signal input and signal output of the processor.

存储器903可以是具有存储功能的装置。例如可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在,通过通信线路902与处理器相连接。存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。The memory 903 may be a device having a storage function. For example, it can be a read-only memory (ROM) or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (random access memory, RAM) or other types of memory that can store information and instructions A dynamic storage device can also be an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage ( including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be stored by a computer Any other medium, but not limited to. The memory may exist independently and be connected to the processor through the communication line 902 . Memory can also be integrated with the processor.

其中,存储器903用于存储执行本申请方案的计算机执行指令,并由处理器901来控制执行。处理器901用于执行存储器903中存储的计算机执行指令,从而实现本申请实施例中提供的方法。Wherein, the memory 903 is used to store computer-executed instructions for implementing the solutions of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 901 . The processor 901 is configured to execute computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 903, so as to implement the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application.

或者,可选的,本申请实施例中,也可以是处理器901执行本申请下述实施例提供的方法中的处理相关的功能,通信接口904负责与其他设备或通信网络通信,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Or, optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the processor 901 may also perform processing-related functions in the methods provided in the following embodiments of the present application, and the communication interface 904 is responsible for communicating with other devices or communication networks. The example does not specifically limit this.

可选的,本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the computer-executed instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application program codes, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.

在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,处理器901可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图9中的CPU0和CPU1。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the processor 901 may include one or more CPUs, for example, CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 9 .

在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,通信装置900可以包括多个处理器,例如图9中的处理器901和处理器907。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核(single-core)处理器,也可以是一个多核(multi-core)处理器。这里的处理器可以包括但不限于以下至少一种:中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU)、微处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、微控制器(microcontroller unit,MCU)、或人工智能处理器等各类运行软件的计算设备,每种计算设备可包括一个或多个用于执行软件指令以进行运算或处理的核。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the communication device 900 may include multiple processors, for example, the processor 901 and the processor 907 in FIG. 9 . Each of these processors may be a single-core processor or a multi-core processor. The processor here may include but not limited to at least one of the following: central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), microprocessor, digital signal processor (DSP), microcontroller (microcontroller unit, MCU), or artificial intelligence Various types of computing devices that run software such as processors, each computing device may include one or more cores for executing software instructions to perform calculations or processing.

在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,通信装置900还可以包括输出设备905和输入设备906。输出设备905和处理器901通信,可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如,输出设备905可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD),发光二极管(light emitting diode,LED)显示设备,阴极射线管(cathode ray tube,CRT)显示设备,或投影仪(projector)等。输入设备906和处理器901通信,可以以多种方式接收用户的输入。例如,输入设备906可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the communication apparatus 900 may further include an output device 905 and an input device 906 . Output device 905 is in communication with processor 901 and can display information in a variety of ways. For example, the output device 905 may be a liquid crystal display (liquid crystal display, LCD), a light emitting diode (light emitting diode, LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (cathode ray tube, CRT) display device, or a projector (projector), etc. The input device 906 communicates with the processor 901 and can receive user input in various ways. For example, the input device 906 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensory device, among others.

需要说明的是,图9中示出的组成结构并不构成对该通信装置的限定,除图9所示部件之外,该通信装置可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。It should be noted that the composition structure shown in FIG. 9 does not constitute a limitation to the communication device. In addition to the components shown in FIG. 9, the communication device may include more or less components than those shown in the illustration, or combine certain components, or a different arrangement of components.

下面结合图4至图7所示的通信系统,对本申请实施例提供的定位方法进行描述。The positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described below with reference to the communication systems shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 .

需要说明的是,本申请下述实施例中,各个设备之间的消息名称、各参数的名称、或各信息的名称等只是一个示例,在其他的实施例中也可以是其他的名称,本申请所提供的方法对此不作具体限定。It should be noted that in the following embodiments of the present application, the name of the message between each device, the name of each parameter, or the name of each information is just an example, and it can also be other names in other embodiments. The method provided by the application does not specifically limit this.

可以理解的,本申请实施例中,各个设备可以执行本申请实施例中的部分或全部步骤,这些步骤或操作仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以执行其它操作或者各种操作的变 形。此外,各个步骤可以按照本申请实施例呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行本申请实施例中的全部操作。It can be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, each device may perform some or all of the steps in the embodiments of the present application, and these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiments of the present application may also perform other operations or variations of various operations. In addition, each step may be performed in a different order presented in the embodiment of the present application, and it may not be necessary to perform all operations in the embodiment of the present application.

作为一种示例,下述实施例中以上述提到的飞行平台为卫星,即以NTN中的卫星通信为例进行说明。当然,该方法也可以适用于NTN中的其他场景,例如LAP subnetwork或HAP subnetwork中,对此不作具体限定。As an example, in the following embodiments, the aforementioned flying platform is used as a satellite, that is, satellite communication in NTN is used as an example for illustration. Of course, this method can also be applied to other scenarios in NTN, such as LAP subnetwork or HAP subnetwork, which is not specifically limited.

此外,本申请也可以应用在其他可能的通信场景或通信系统中,例如涉及到终端与接入网设备之间的距离较远、或相对移动速度较大的远距离通信场景,都可以通过本申请实施例提供的方法进行定位。In addition, this application can also be applied in other possible communication scenarios or communication systems, such as long-distance communication scenarios involving a relatively long distance between a terminal and an access network device, or a relatively high moving speed, all of which can be implemented through this The method provided in the embodiment of the application is used for positioning.

参见图10,为本申请实施例提供的一种定位方法的流程图,该方法可以应用于图4至图7所示的通信系统中的终端与网络设备之间的交互。如图10所示,该定位方法可以包括如下步骤:Referring to FIG. 10 , it is a flow chart of a positioning method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method can be applied to the interaction between a terminal and a network device in the communication system shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 7 . As shown in Figure 10, the positioning method may include the following steps:

S1001、终端确定定位信息。S1001. The terminal determines location information.

其中,该定位信息的类型可以包括以下一项或多项:覆盖剩余时间(stop serving time)、持续覆盖时间、或终端与小区位置之间的距离。Wherein, the type of the positioning information may include one or more of the following: remaining coverage time (stop serving time), continuous coverage time, or distance between the terminal and the location of the cell.

相应的,该定位信息可以包括以下一项或多项:至少一个小区的覆盖剩余时间、至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间、或终端的第一位置与小区位置之间的距离。Correspondingly, the positioning information may include one or more of the following: the remaining coverage time of at least one cell, the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, or the distance between the first location of the terminal and the location of the cell.

其中,该至少一个小区与卫星关联。示例性的,至少一个小区与卫星关联可以包括:该至少一个小区为部署于地面的接入网设备管理的小区,由卫星作为中继为该接入网设备转发信号,例如图5a所示的场景。可以理解的是,该场景下,虽然小区由接入网设备管理,但是由于卫星作为中继,该小区的波束实际上是卫星或卫星搭载的中继设备发送的。Wherein, the at least one cell is associated with a satellite. Exemplarily, associating at least one cell with a satellite may include: the at least one cell is a cell managed by an access network device deployed on the ground, and the satellite serves as a relay to forward signals for the access network device, such as the one shown in Figure 5a Scenes. It can be understood that in this scenario, although the cell is managed by the access network device, since the satellite acts as a relay, the beam of the cell is actually sent by the satellite or the relay device carried by the satellite.

或者,至少一个小区与卫星关联可以包括:该至少一个小区为部署于卫星的接入网设备管理的小区,或者为卫星管理的小区,例如图5b、图5c、或图5d所示的场景。Alternatively, associating at least one cell with a satellite may include: the at least one cell is a cell managed by an access network device deployed on a satellite, or a cell managed by a satellite, such as the scenario shown in FIG. 5b, FIG. 5c, or FIG. 5d.

作为一种可能的实现,小区的覆盖剩余时间可以理解为:小区能够覆盖终端的剩余时间。或者,小区为终端提供覆盖的剩余时间。或者,从当前时刻开始,小区后续(或将来)覆盖终端的持续时间,其中,当前时刻例如可以为终端确定该覆盖剩余时间的时刻。As a possible implementation, the remaining coverage time of the cell may be understood as: the remaining time that the cell can cover the terminal. Alternatively, the cell provides coverage for the terminal for the remainder of the time. Or, starting from the current moment, the cell will subsequently (or in the future) cover the duration of the terminal, where the current moment may be, for example, the moment at which the terminal determines the remaining coverage time.

示例性的,在卫星通信场景下,由于卫星处于高速移动状态,其小区的覆盖范围会发生变化,如图11所示,假设时刻T1小区1的覆盖范围为范围1,随着卫星1的移动,时刻T2小区1的覆盖范围可能为范围2,若终端在范围1内静止,此时就会存在小区1的覆盖剩余时间。Exemplarily, in a satellite communication scenario, due to the high-speed movement of the satellite, the coverage of its cell will change, as shown in Figure 11, assuming that the coverage of cell 1 at time T1 is range 1, as the satellite 1 moves , the coverage of cell 1 at time T2 may be range 2, and if the terminal is stationary within range 1, there will be remaining coverage time of cell 1 at this time.

作为一种可能的实现,小区的持续覆盖时间可以理解为:小区已经覆盖终端的持续时间。或者,在当前时刻之前,小区已经为终端提供覆盖的持续时间,其中,当前时刻例如可以为终端确定该持续覆盖时间的时刻。As a possible implementation, the continuous coverage time of a cell may be understood as: the duration that the cell has covered the terminal. Or, before the current moment, the cell has provided the duration of coverage for the terminal, where the current moment may be, for example, the moment at which the terminal determines the continuous coverage time.

也就是说,小区的覆盖剩余时间指示小区后续还能够为终端提供覆盖的时间,小区的持续覆盖时间指示小区已经为终端提供覆盖的时间。二者相对于某个时刻,一个是该时刻之后的时间,一个是该时刻之前的时间。That is to say, the remaining coverage time of the cell indicates the time when the cell can provide coverage for the terminal in the future, and the continuous coverage time of the cell indicates the time when the cell has provided coverage for the terminal. The two are relative to a certain moment, one is the time after that moment, and the other is the time before that moment.

作为一种具体的示例,上述时间可以是相对时间,例如,覆盖剩余时间可以为覆盖剩余时长,即还能覆盖多久;持续覆盖时间可以为持续覆盖时长,即已经覆盖了多久。或者,上述时间可以是绝对时间(如国际通用时间(coordinated universal time,UTC)),例如,覆盖剩余时间可以为提供覆盖的最后时间,即能够覆盖到的最后时刻;持续覆盖时间可以包括 开始覆盖的时刻和确定该持续覆盖时间的时刻。或者,上述时间还可以用系统帧号、子帧号、时隙号等表示。As a specific example, the above time may be a relative time, for example, the remaining coverage time may be the remaining coverage duration, that is, how long the coverage is still available; the continuous coverage time may be the continuous coverage duration, that is, how long the coverage has been covered. Alternatively, the above time may be an absolute time (such as coordinated universal time (UTC)), for example, the remaining coverage time may be the last time to provide coverage, that is, the last moment that can be covered; the continuous coverage time may include the start of coverage and the moment at which the duration of coverage is determined. Alternatively, the foregoing time may also be represented by a system frame number, a subframe number, a time slot number, and the like.

作为一种具体的示例,在某个小区包括多个波束的情况下,终端可以确定每个波束的覆盖剩余时间或每个波束的持续覆盖时间,最终,该小区的覆盖剩余时间可以是多个波束的覆盖剩余时间的平均值或最小值或最大值或中间值等,类似的,该小区的持续覆盖时间可以是多个波束的持续覆盖时间的平均值或最小值或最大值或中间值等。As a specific example, when a certain cell includes multiple beams, the terminal can determine the remaining coverage time of each beam or the continuous coverage time of each beam. Finally, the remaining coverage time of the cell can be multiple The average or minimum or maximum or median value of the remaining coverage time of the beam, etc. Similarly, the continuous coverage time of the cell can be the average or minimum or maximum or median value of the continuous coverage time of multiple beams, etc. .

作为一种可能的实现,终端的第一位置为该终端确定的位置。示例性的,终端通过其自身的定位模块,如全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),获得该终端的第一位置。As a possible implementation, the first location of the terminal is a location determined by the terminal. Exemplarily, the terminal obtains the first position of the terminal through its own positioning module, such as a global navigation satellite system (global navigation satellite system, GNSS).

可以理解的,网络设备不要求终端上报该第一位置,进而将该第一位置作为终端的实际位置,是因为终端上报的该第一位置可能是虚假信息,例如终端为非法终端,或终端被劫持或攻击时,可能向网络设备上报虚假的位置信息,从而进行非法操作。It can be understood that the network device does not require the terminal to report the first location, and uses the first location as the actual location of the terminal, because the first location reported by the terminal may be false information, for example, the terminal is an illegal terminal, or the terminal is When hijacking or attacking, false location information may be reported to network devices, thereby performing illegal operations.

作为一种可能的实现,小区位置包括至少一个小区的中心位置和/或边缘位置。即终端的第一位置与小区位置之间的距离,包括:终端的第一位置与至少一个小区的中心位置之间的距离,和/或,终端的第一位置与至少一个小区的边缘位置之间的距离。As a possible implementation, the cell location includes a center location and/or an edge location of at least one cell. That is, the distance between the first location of the terminal and the location of the cell includes: the distance between the first location of the terminal and the center location of at least one cell, and/or, the distance between the first location of the terminal and the edge location of at least one cell distance between.

在一些场景下,某个小区可能存在多个边缘,此时,该小区的边缘位置可以为距离小区的中心位置最远或最近的边缘位置;或者,可以是任意一个边缘位置;或者,可以是卫星移动方向上的边缘位置;或者,可以是卫星移动方向的相反方向上的边缘位置,本申请对此不作具体限定。In some scenarios, a certain cell may have multiple edges. At this time, the edge position of the cell may be the edge position farthest or closest to the center of the cell; or, it may be any edge position; or, it may be The edge position in the moving direction of the satellite; or, it may be the edge position in the direction opposite to the moving direction of the satellite, which is not specifically limited in the present application.

或者,在某个小区存在多个边缘时,终端的第一位置与该小区的边缘位置之间的距离为:多个边缘位置分别与终端的第一位置之间的距离的平均值或最大值或最小值。示例性的,以某个小区存在3个边缘位置,边缘位置1、边缘位置2、以及边缘为3,且该3个边缘位置与终端的第一位置之间的距离分别为距离1、距离2、距离3为例,最终,终端的第一位置与该小区的边缘位置之间的距离可以为距离1、距离2、以及距离3的平均值,或者为其中的最大值或最小值。Or, when there are multiple edges in a certain cell, the distance between the first position of the terminal and the edge position of the cell is: the average or maximum value of the distances between the multiple edge positions and the first position of the terminal respectively or minimum. Exemplarily, there are three edge positions in a cell, edge position 1, edge position 2, and edge 3, and the distances between the three edge positions and the first position of the terminal are distance 1 and distance 2 respectively Taking distance 3 as an example, finally, the distance between the first location of the terminal and the edge location of the cell may be the average value of distance 1, distance 2, and distance 3, or the maximum or minimum value among them.

可选的,在定位信息包括至少一个小区的覆盖剩余时间和/或终端的第一位置与小区位置之间的距离的情况下,终端还可以确定第一时间信息,该第一时间信息用于指示确定定位信息的时间。Optionally, when the positioning information includes the remaining coverage time of at least one cell and/or the distance between the first location of the terminal and the location of the cell, the terminal may also determine first time information, and the first time information is used for Indicates when the positioning information was determined.

作为一种可能的实现,该第一时间信息可以包括终端确定每个小区的定位信息的时刻。示例性的,以定位信息包括小区A、小区B、以及小区C的覆盖剩余时间为例,该第一时间信息可以包括:终端确定小区A的覆盖剩余时间的时刻、终端确定小区B的覆盖剩余时间的时刻、以及终端确定小区C的覆盖剩余时间的时刻。As a possible implementation, the first time information may include the time when the terminal determines the positioning information of each cell. Exemplarily, taking the positioning information including the remaining coverage time of cell A, cell B, and cell C as an example, the first time information may include: the moment when the terminal determines the remaining coverage time of cell A, the time when the terminal determines the remaining coverage time of cell B time, and the time at which the terminal determines the coverage remaining time of the cell C.

或者,在定位信息包括至少一个小区的覆盖剩余时间和/或终端的第一位置与小区位置之间的距离的情况下,终端可以确定第一信息,该第一信息用于指示终端在确定定位信息时,至少一个小区的中心位置。Alternatively, when the positioning information includes the remaining coverage time of at least one cell and/or the distance between the first location of the terminal and the location of the cell, the terminal may determine the first information, and the first information is used to indicate that the terminal determines the location information, at least one cell center location.

可选的,在定位信息包括至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间的情况下,小区的持续覆盖时间可以通过终端对小区的测量得到。此时,终端还可以确定第二时间信息,该第二时间信息用于指示至少一个小区对应的测量时长,该测量时长包括终端开始测量小区的时间至停止测量该小区的时间之间的时长。Optionally, in the case that the positioning information includes the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, the continuous coverage time of the cell may be obtained by measuring the cell by the terminal. At this point, the terminal may also determine second time information, where the second time information is used to indicate the measurement duration corresponding to at least one cell, and the measurement duration includes a time period between when the terminal starts measuring the cell and when it stops measuring the cell.

或者,在定位信息包括至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间的情况下,终端可以确定第二信息,该第二信息用于指示在该持续覆盖时间的开始时刻和/或结束时刻,至少一个小 区的中心位置。Alternatively, when the positioning information includes the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, the terminal may determine the second information, the second information is used to indicate the center of the at least one cell at the start moment and/or the end moment of the continuous coverage time Location.

S1002、终端向网络设备发送定位信息。相应的,网络设备接收来自终端的定位信息。S1002. The terminal sends positioning information to the network device. Correspondingly, the network device receives the positioning information from the terminal.

作为一种具体的示例,网络设备为接入网设备时,终端可以通过与接入网设备之间的空口(例如Uu口)向接入网设备发送该定位信息。As a specific example, when the network device is an access network device, the terminal may send the positioning information to the access network device through an air interface (for example, a Uu interface) with the access network device.

作为另一种具体的示例,网络设备为移动管理网元时,终端可以将定位信息携带在非接入层(non-access stratum,NAS)消息中发送给接入网设备,再由接入网设备将该NAS消息转发给移动管理网元。As another specific example, when the network device is a mobility management network element, the terminal may carry location information in a non-access stratum (non-access stratum, NAS) message and send it to the access network device, and then the access network The device forwards the NAS message to the mobility management network element.

作为又一种具体的示例,网络设备为位置管理网元时,终端设备可以将定位信息携带在NAS消息中发送给接入网设备,由接入网设备将该NAS消息转发给移动管理网元,再由移动管理网元将其转发给位置管理网元。As yet another specific example, when the network device is a location management network element, the terminal device may carry location information in a NAS message and send it to the access network device, and the access network device forwards the NAS message to the mobility management network element , and then the mobility management network element forwards it to the location management network element.

作为一种可能的实现,该定位信息可以使用定位协议封装,例如LTE的定位协议,或NR的定位协议A。As a possible implementation, the positioning information may be encapsulated using a positioning protocol, such as a positioning protocol of LTE, or a positioning protocol A of NR.

作为一种可能的实现,该定位信息具体可以包括小区的标识信息与覆盖剩余时间、持续覆盖时间、或终端与小区位置之间的距离中的一项或多项的对应关系。示例性的,小区的标识信息可以包括物理小区标识(physical cell identifier,PCI)和/或小区全球标识(cell global identifier,CGI)。As a possible implementation, the positioning information may specifically include a correspondence between the identification information of the cell and one or more of the remaining coverage time, continuous coverage time, or distance between the terminal and the location of the cell. Exemplarily, the identification information of the cell may include a physical cell identifier (physical cell identifier, PCI) and/or a cell global identifier (cell global identifier, CGI).

在一些实施例中,卫星作为中继的场景下,例如图5a所示的场景下,由于可能存在多个卫星为地面接入网设备提供中继服务,从而终端还可以向网络设备发送卫星标识信息,以向网络设备指示定位信息为该卫星标识信息所指示的卫星下的小区定位信息。In some embodiments, in a scenario where a satellite is used as a relay, for example, in the scenario shown in Figure 5a, since there may be multiple satellites providing relay services for ground access network equipment, the terminal may also send a satellite identification to the network equipment information to indicate to the network device that the positioning information is cell positioning information under the satellite indicated by the satellite identification information.

在一些实施例中,终端还可以向网络设备发送上述第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息。In some embodiments, the terminal may also send the foregoing first time information and/or second time information to the network device.

基于该方案,终端上报的第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息能够使得网络设备获知终端上报的定位信息是某一时刻或某一时间段内对应的信息,从而可以根据该时间信息确定某一时刻或某一时间段内小区的覆盖范围,并根据该覆盖范围确定终端的位置,进而提高定位准确性。Based on this solution, the first time information and/or the second time information reported by the terminal can enable the network device to know that the positioning information reported by the terminal corresponds to a certain moment or a certain period of time, so that a certain location can be determined according to the time information. The coverage of the cell at one moment or within a certain period of time, and determine the position of the terminal according to the coverage, thereby improving the positioning accuracy.

在一些实施例中,终端还可以向网络设备发送上述第一信息和/或第二信息。In some embodiments, the terminal may also send the foregoing first information and/or second information to the network device.

基于该方案,终端上报的第一信息和/或第二信息能够使得网络设备获知定位信息所对应的小区的覆盖范围,从而使得网络设备能够根据该覆盖范围确定终端的位置,进而提高定位准确性。Based on this scheme, the first information and/or the second information reported by the terminal can enable the network device to know the coverage of the cell corresponding to the positioning information, so that the network device can determine the position of the terminal according to the coverage, thereby improving the positioning accuracy .

S1003、网络设备根据定位信息确定终端的第二位置。S1003. The network device determines the second location of the terminal according to the positioning information.

作为一种可能的实现,该第二位置可以作为网络设备确定的该终端的实际位置,后续可以向定位请求方发送该第二位置。As a possible implementation, the second location may be used as the actual location of the terminal determined by the network device, and the second location may be sent to the location requesting party subsequently.

该定位请求方为请求终端位置的设备,示例性的,该定位请求方可以为终端本身,或者核心网定位服务实体,或者移动管理网元等。The location requester is a device that requests the location of the terminal. Exemplarily, the location requester may be the terminal itself, or a core network location service entity, or a mobility management network element.

作为一种具体的示例,在上述步骤S1001之前,该定位请求方可以向网络设备发送定位请求,以请求终端的位置。网络设备收到该定位请求后,可以向终端发送定位信息请求,以请求终端上报定位信息。终端收到网络设备的定位信息请求后,可以执行该步骤S1001。As a specific example, before the above step S1001, the location requester may send a location request to the network device to request the location of the terminal. After receiving the positioning request, the network device may send a positioning information request to the terminal to request the terminal to report the positioning information. After receiving the positioning information request from the network device, the terminal may execute step S1001.

作为一种可能的实现,该定位信息包括至少一个小区的覆盖剩余时间的情况下,网络设备根据定位信息确定终端的第二位置,可以包括:网络设备根据卫星的移动方向、 移动速度、至少一个小区的覆盖范围、以及该至少一个小区的覆盖剩余时间,确定终端的第二位置。As a possible implementation, when the positioning information includes the remaining coverage time of at least one cell, the network device determines the second position of the terminal according to the positioning information, which may include: the network device determines the second position of the terminal according to the moving direction, moving speed, at least one The coverage range of the cell and the remaining coverage time of the at least one cell determine the second location of the terminal.

作为一种具体的示例,以该至少一个小区包括第一小区为例,网络设备可以根据卫星的移动方向、移动速度、第一小区的覆盖范围、以及第一小区的覆盖剩余时间,确定终端位于第一弧线上。具体的,网络设备可以在与卫星的移动方向相反的小区边缘上选择多个点,将该多个点分别作为起点确定多条直线,其中,每条直线的方向与卫星的移动方向相同(或者说与卫星的移动方向平行),长度为卫星的移动速度与第一小区的覆盖剩余时间的乘积。之后,连接该多条直线的终点得到第一弧线。As a specific example, taking the at least one cell including the first cell as an example, the network device may determine that the terminal is located at on the first arc. Specifically, the network device may select multiple points on the edge of the cell opposite to the moving direction of the satellite, and use the multiple points as starting points to determine multiple straight lines, where the direction of each straight line is the same as the moving direction of the satellite (or Said to be parallel to the moving direction of the satellite), and the length is the product of the moving speed of the satellite and the remaining coverage time of the first cell. After that, connect the end points of the plurality of straight lines to obtain a first arc.

示例性的,该第一小区的覆盖范围可以是第一小区在第一时刻的覆盖范围,该第一时刻为终端确定第一小区的覆盖剩余时间的时刻,该第一时刻可以是终端通过上述第一时间信息向网络设备指示的。或者,该第一小区的覆盖范围的中心位置可以是终端通过上述第一信息向网络设备指示的。Exemplarily, the coverage of the first cell may be the coverage of the first cell at a first moment, the first moment is the moment when the terminal determines the remaining coverage time of the first cell, and the first moment may be the time when the terminal passes the above-mentioned The first time information is indicated to the network device. Alternatively, the center position of the coverage of the first cell may be indicated by the terminal to the network device through the first information.

参见图12,以第一小区的覆盖范围为圆形,卫星的移动方向为右移为例,网络设备根据第一小区的覆盖范围确定图12所示的圆,再根据卫星的移动方向,在与卫星的移动方向相反的小区边缘上选择多个点(图12中以黑色实心圆点标注),之后根据卫星的移动速度和第一小区的覆盖剩余时间的乘积确定多条直线(图12中以黑色虚直线标注),再连接该多条直线的终点得到第一弧线(图12中以黑色虚弧线标注),进而确定终端位于该第一弧线上。Referring to Figure 12, taking the coverage of the first cell as a circle and the moving direction of the satellite as an example, the network equipment determines the circle shown in Figure 12 according to the coverage of the first cell, and then according to the moving direction of the satellite, in Select multiple points on the cell edge opposite to the moving direction of the satellite (marked by black solid circles in Figure 12), and then determine a number of straight lines according to the product of the moving speed of the satellite and the remaining time of coverage of the first cell (in Figure 12 Marked by a black dotted line), and then connect the endpoints of the multiple straight lines to obtain a first arc (marked by a black dotted arc in FIG. 12 ), and then determine that the terminal is located on the first arc.

上述以第一小区为例的示例中,涉及到的卫星可以是与第一小区关联的第一卫星,卫星与小区关联可参考上述步骤S1001中的相关说明,在此不再赘述。In the above example taking the first cell as an example, the involved satellite may be the first satellite associated with the first cell, and the association between the satellite and the cell may refer to the related description in the above step S1001 , which will not be repeated here.

进一步的,在该至少一个小区包括多个小区的情况下,网络设备可以按照上述方法根据多个小区的覆盖剩余时间确定多条弧线,最终将该多条弧线的交点,确定为终端的第二位置。Further, when the at least one cell includes multiple cells, the network device may determine multiple arcs according to the remaining coverage time of the multiple cells according to the above method, and finally determine the intersection point of the multiple arcs as the terminal's second position.

作为另一种可能的实现,该定位信息包括终端的第一位置与小区位置之间的距离的情况下,网络设备根据定位信息确定终端的第二位置,包括:网络设备根据至少一个小区的覆盖范围、以及终端的第一位置与该至少一个小区的中心位置或边缘位置之间的距离,确定终端的第二位置。As another possible implementation, when the location information includes the distance between the first location of the terminal and the location of the cell, the network device determines the second location of the terminal according to the location information, including: the network device determines the second location of the terminal according to the coverage of at least one cell The range, and the distance between the first location of the terminal and the central location or edge location of the at least one cell determine the second location of the terminal.

作为一种具体的示例,以该至少一个小区包括第二小区为例,网络设备可以根据第二小区的覆盖范围、以及终端的第一位置与第二小区的中心位置或边缘位置之间的距离,确定终端位于某个圆形区域的边缘位置。其中,该圆形区域位于第二小区的覆盖范围内,该圆形区域的边缘位置和第二小区的中心位置之间的距离等于终端的第一位置与第二小区的中心位置之间的距离,或者,该圆形区域的边缘位置和第二小区的中心位置之间的距离等于第二小区的半径减去终端的第一位置与第二小区的边缘位置之间的距离。示例性的,该第二小区的覆盖范围可以是第二小区在第二时刻的覆盖范围,该第二时刻为终端确定第一位置与第二小区的中心位置或边缘位置之间的距离的时刻,该第二时刻可以是终端通过上述第一时间信息向网络设备指示的。As a specific example, taking the at least one cell including the second cell as an example, the network device may, according to the coverage of the second cell and the distance between the first location of the terminal and the center or edge of the second cell , to determine where the terminal is located at the edge of a certain circular area. Wherein, the circular area is located within the coverage area of the second cell, and the distance between the edge position of the circular area and the center position of the second cell is equal to the distance between the first position of the terminal and the center position of the second cell , or, the distance between the edge position of the circular area and the center position of the second cell is equal to the radius of the second cell minus the distance between the first position of the terminal and the edge position of the second cell. Exemplarily, the coverage of the second cell may be the coverage of the second cell at a second moment, and the second moment is the moment when the terminal determines the distance between the first location and the center location or edge location of the second cell , the second time may be indicated by the terminal to the network device through the first time information.

可以理解的是,圆形区域的边缘位置与该圆形区域的圆心之间的距离等于该圆形区域的半径。It can be understood that the distance between the edge position of the circular area and the center of the circular area is equal to the radius of the circular area.

参见图13,以第二小区的覆盖范围为圆形为例,网络设备根据第二小区的覆盖范围确定图13所示的圆,再根据终端的第一位置与第二小区的中心位置之间的距离,或者,根据终端的第一位置与第二小区的边缘位置之间的距离,确定某个圆形区域(见图 13中黑色虚线所示的圆形),从而确定终端位于该圆形区域的边缘位置。Referring to Figure 13, taking the coverage of the second cell as a circle as an example, the network device determines the circle shown in Figure 13 according to the coverage of the second cell, and then according to the distance between the first location of the terminal and the center of the second cell Or, according to the distance between the first position of the terminal and the edge position of the second cell, determine a certain circular area (see the circle shown by the black dotted line in Figure 13), so as to determine that the terminal is located in the circle The edge position of the region.

进一步的,在至少一个小区包括多个小区的情况下,网络设备可以按照上述方法确定多个圆形区域,最终将该多个圆形区域相交的点,确定为终端的第二位置。Further, when at least one cell includes multiple cells, the network device may determine multiple circular areas according to the above method, and finally determine the intersection point of the multiple circular areas as the second position of the terminal.

作为又一种可能的实现,该定位信息包括至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间的情况下,网络设备根据定位信息确定终端的第二位置,包括:网络设备根据卫星的移动方向、移动速度、至少一个小区的覆盖范围、以及该至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间,确定终端的第二位置。As yet another possible implementation, when the positioning information includes the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, the network device determines the second position of the terminal according to the positioning information, including: the network device determines the second position of the terminal according to the moving direction, moving speed, at least one The coverage of the cell and the continuous coverage time of the at least one cell determine the second location of the terminal.

作为一种具体的示例,以至少一个小区包括第三小区为例,网络设备可以根据卫星的移动方向、移动速度、第三小区的覆盖范围、以及第三小区的持续覆盖时间,确定终端在持续覆盖时间对应的开始时刻位于第二弧线上。具体的,网络设备可以在与卫星的移动方向相反的小区边缘上选择多个点,将该多个点分别作为起点确定多条直线,其中,每条直线的方向与卫星的移动方向相同(或者说与卫星的移动方向平行),长度为卫星的移动速度与第三小区的持续覆盖时间的乘积。之后,连接该多条直线的终点得到第二弧线。其中,以持续覆盖时间为T1时刻至T2时刻之间的时间间隔为例,持续覆盖时间对应的开始时刻即为T1时刻。该第三小区的覆盖范围可以是第三小区在持续覆盖时间对应的开始时刻(即T1时刻)的覆盖范围。As a specific example, taking at least one cell including the third cell as an example, the network device may determine that the terminal is continuously The start moment corresponding to the coverage time is located on the second arc. Specifically, the network device may select multiple points on the edge of the cell opposite to the moving direction of the satellite, and use the multiple points as starting points to determine multiple straight lines, where the direction of each straight line is the same as the moving direction of the satellite (or Said to be parallel to the moving direction of the satellite), the length is the product of the moving speed of the satellite and the continuous coverage time of the third cell. Afterwards, connect the end points of the plurality of straight lines to obtain a second arc. Wherein, taking the continuous coverage time as the time interval between the time T1 and the time T2 as an example, the start time corresponding to the continuous coverage time is the time T1. The coverage of the third cell may be the coverage of the third cell at the start time corresponding to the continuous coverage time (ie time T1).

示例性的,持续覆盖时间对应的开始时刻可以是终端向网络设备指示的。或者,第三小区在持续覆盖时间对应的开始时刻(即T1时刻)的覆盖范围的中心位置可以是终端通过上述第二信息向网络设备指示的。Exemplarily, the starting moment corresponding to the continuous coverage time may be indicated by the terminal to the network device. Alternatively, the center position of the coverage area of the third cell at the start time (that is, T1 time) corresponding to the continuous coverage time may be indicated by the terminal to the network device through the second information.

参见图14,以第三小区的覆盖范围为圆形,卫星的移动方向为右移为例,网络设备根据T1时刻第三小区的覆盖范围确定图14所示的圆,再根据卫星的移动方向,在与卫星的移动方向相反的小区边缘上选择多个点(图14中以黑色实心圆点标注),之后根据卫星的移动速度和第三小区的持续覆盖时间的乘积确定多条直线(图14中以黑色虚直线标注),再连接该多条直线的终点得到第二弧线(图14中以黑色虚弧线标注),进而确定终端位于该第二弧线上。Referring to Figure 14, taking the coverage of the third cell as a circle and the moving direction of the satellite as an example, the network device determines the circle shown in Figure 14 according to the coverage of the third cell at T1, and then according to the moving direction of the satellite , select multiple points on the edge of the cell opposite to the moving direction of the satellite (marked by black solid circles in Figure 14), and then determine multiple straight lines according to the product of the moving speed of the satellite and the continuous coverage time of the third cell (Figure 14 14 marked with a black dashed straight line), and then connect the endpoints of the multiple straight lines to obtain a second arc (marked with a black dashed arc in FIG. 14 ), and then determine that the terminal is located on the second arc.

上述以第三小区为例的示例中,涉及到的卫星可以是与第三小区关联的第三卫星。此外,本申请还涉及第二卫星,将在后续实施例中说明,在此不再赘述。In the foregoing example using the third cell as an example, the involved satellite may be a third satellite associated with the third cell. In addition, the present application also relates to the second satellite, which will be described in subsequent embodiments and will not be repeated here.

进一步的,在至少一个小区包括多个小区的情况下,网络设备可以按照上述方法根据多个小区的持续覆盖时间确定多条弧线,最终将该多条弧线的交点,确定为终端的第二位置。Further, when at least one cell includes multiple cells, the network device may determine multiple arcs according to the continuous coverage time of the multiple cells according to the above method, and finally determine the intersection point of the multiple arcs as the terminal's first Second position.

可选的,在定位信息包括部分小区的覆盖剩余时间、部分小区的持续覆盖时间、或者终端的第一位置与部分小区的中心位置和/或边缘位置之间的距离中的多项的情况下,网络设备可以根据定位信息包括的内容结合上述三种方法中的多种来确定终端的第二位置。Optionally, when the positioning information includes the remaining coverage time of some cells, the continuous coverage time of some cells, or the distance between the first position of the terminal and the center position and/or edge position of some cells The network device may determine the second location of the terminal according to the content included in the positioning information in combination with multiple methods in the above three methods.

示例性的,定位信息包括小区A的覆盖剩余时间和终端的第一位置与小区B的中心位置之间的距离,网络设备可以根据小区A覆盖剩余时间确定终端所在的弧线,根据终端的第一位置与小区B的中心位置之间的距离确定终端所在的圆形区域,再结合该弧线和圆形区域确定终端的第二位置,例如,将第二位置确定为弧线和圆形区域的交点。Exemplarily, the positioning information includes the remaining coverage time of cell A and the distance between the first location of the terminal and the central location of cell B, and the network device can determine the arc where the terminal is located according to the remaining coverage time of cell A, and according to the first location of the terminal The distance between a position and the center position of cell B determines the circular area where the terminal is located, and then combines the arc and the circular area to determine the second position of the terminal, for example, the second position is determined as the arc and the circular area intersection point.

基于该方案,网络设备可以基于终端上报的小区覆盖剩余时间、小区持续覆盖时间、或终端与小区中心和/或边缘之间的距离,确定终端的位置,充分利用了卫星的星历、小区的覆盖时间等NTN中特有的信息,来实现NTN中的终端定位。此外,本申请 中,网络设备通过终端上报的覆盖剩余时间、持续覆盖时间、或终端与小区中心和/或边缘之间的距离等,来推算终端的位置,在网络设备发现推算出的位置不存在的情况下,可以认为终端上报的信息为虚假信息,从而能够识别非法终端,或者被劫持或攻击的终端,进而后续可以停止为该终端服务等,以减少资源的浪费。Based on this scheme, the network device can determine the location of the terminal based on the remaining time of cell coverage reported by the terminal, the continuous coverage time of the cell, or the distance between the terminal and the center and/or edge of the cell, making full use of satellite ephemeris, cell NTN-specific information such as coverage time is used to realize terminal positioning in NTN. In addition, in this application, the network device calculates the position of the terminal based on the remaining coverage time reported by the terminal, the continuous coverage time, or the distance between the terminal and the center and/or edge of the cell, etc., and the network device finds that the calculated position is not If it exists, it can be considered that the information reported by the terminal is false information, so that an illegal terminal, or a terminal that has been hijacked or attacked can be identified, and then services for the terminal can be stopped in the future to reduce the waste of resources.

以上对本申请提供的定位方法的整体流程进行了说明,下面对该定位方法的一些细节进行介绍。The overall flow of the positioning method provided by the present application has been described above, and some details of the positioning method will be introduced below.

在一些实施例中,上述定位信息的类型可以是终端确定的,或者可以是协议预定义的,或者可以是网络设备向终端配置的,本申请对此不作具体限定。In some embodiments, the type of the above positioning information may be determined by the terminal, or may be predefined by the protocol, or may be configured by the network device to the terminal, which is not specifically limited in this application.

可选的,在网络设备向终端配置定位信息的类型的情况下,参见图15,在上述步骤S1001之前,该方法还可以包括下述步骤S1004a、S1004b、或S1004c中的一项或多项:Optionally, in the case where the network device configures the type of positioning information for the terminal, referring to FIG. 15, before the above step S1001, the method may further include one or more of the following steps S1004a, S1004b, or S1004c:

S1004a、网络设备向终端发送第一指示信息。相应的,终端接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息。S1004a. The network device sends the first indication information to the terminal. Correspondingly, the terminal receives the first indication information from the network device.

其中,该第一指示信息用于指示定位信息的类型包括覆盖剩余时间;或者,该第一指示信息用于指示使用基于覆盖剩余时间的定位方法。终端在收到该第一指示信息的情况下,可以确定至少一个小区的覆盖剩余时间。Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of the positioning information includes the remaining coverage time; or, the first indication information is used to indicate the use of a positioning method based on the remaining coverage time. After receiving the first indication information, the terminal may determine the remaining coverage time of at least one cell.

S1004b、网络设备向终端发送第二指示信息。相应的,终端接收来自网络设备的第二指示信息。S1004b. The network device sends second indication information to the terminal. Correspondingly, the terminal receives the second indication information from the network device.

其中,该第二指示信息用于指示定位信息的类型包括终端与小区位置之间的距离;或者,该第二指示信息用于指示使用基于距离的定位方法。终端在收到该第二指示信息的情况下,可以确定终端的第一位置与至少一个小区的中心位置和/或边缘位置之间的距离。Wherein, the second indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes the distance between the terminal and the location of the cell; or, the second indication information is used to indicate the use of a distance-based positioning method. After receiving the second indication information, the terminal may determine the distance between the first location of the terminal and the center location and/or edge location of at least one cell.

S1004c、网络设备向终端发送第三指示信息。相应的,终端接收来自网络设备的第三指示信息。S1004c. The network device sends third indication information to the terminal. Correspondingly, the terminal receives third indication information from the network device.

其中,该第三指示信息用于指示定位信息的类型包括持续覆盖时间;或者,该第三指示信息用于指示使用基于持续覆盖时间的定位方法。终端在收到该第三指示信息的情况下,可以确定至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间。Wherein, the third indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes continuous coverage time; or, the third indication information is used to indicate the use of a positioning method based on continuous coverage time. After receiving the third indication information, the terminal may determine the continuous coverage time of at least one cell.

需要说明的是,在该方法还包括S1004a、S1004b、或S1004c中的多个步骤的情况下,该多个步骤的执行顺序不受限制。例如,包括S1004a和S1004b的情况下,可以先执行步骤S1004a,再执行步骤S1004b;或者,先执行步骤S1004b,再执行步骤S1004a;或者,同时执行步骤S1004a和步骤S1004b。It should be noted that, when the method further includes multiple steps in S1004a, S1004b, or S1004c, the execution sequence of the multiple steps is not limited. For example, in the case of including S1004a and S1004b, step S1004a can be executed first, and then step S1004b; or, step S1004b can be executed first, and then step S1004a can be executed; or, step S1004a and step S1004b can be executed simultaneously.

在一些实施例中,网络设备可以向终端指示需要确定定位信息的小区。示例性的,参见图16,在上述步骤S1001之前,该方法还可以包括:In some embodiments, the network device may indicate to the terminal the cell for which positioning information needs to be determined. Exemplarily, referring to FIG. 16, before the above step S1001, the method may further include:

S1005、网络设备向终端发送第四指示信息。相应的,终端接收来自网络设备的第四指示信息。S1005. The network device sends fourth indication information to the terminal. Correspondingly, the terminal receives fourth indication information from the network device.

其中,该第四指示信息用于指示上述S1001中的至少一个小区。例如,该第四指示信息可以包括至少一个小区的频点、PCI、CGI中的一项或多项。也就是说,网络设备可以向终端指示确定哪些小区的定位信息。Wherein, the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one cell in the above S1001. For example, the fourth indication information may include one or more items of frequency point, PCI, and CGI of at least one cell. That is to say, the network device may indicate to the terminal which cells' positioning information is to be determined.

可选的,终端收到该第四指示信息后,可以确定该第四指示信息指示的至少一个小区的定位信息。Optionally, after receiving the fourth indication information, the terminal may determine the positioning information of at least one cell indicated by the fourth indication information.

可选的,该步骤S1005可以结合上述步骤S1004a至S1004c中的一项或多项执行。 该场景下,在网络设备向终端发送了第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息中的一项的情况下,第四指示信息指示的至少一个小区的定位信息的类型相同。例如,第四指示信息指示小区A、小区B、以及小区C,且终端收到来自网络设备的第一指示信息,未收到第二指示信息和第三指示信息为例,上述步骤S1001中终端确定的定位信息可以包括小区A的覆盖剩余时间、小区B的覆盖剩余时间、以及小区C的覆盖剩余时间。Optionally, this step S1005 may be performed in combination with one or more of the above steps S1004a to S1004c. In this scenario, when the network device sends one item of the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information to the terminal, the positioning information of at least one cell indicated by the fourth indication information is of the same type. For example, the fourth indication information indicates cell A, cell B, and cell C, and the terminal receives the first indication information from the network device, but does not receive the second indication information and the third indication information as an example, the terminal in the above step S1001 The determined positioning information may include remaining coverage time of cell A, remaining coverage time of cell B, and remaining coverage time of cell C.

或者,在网络设备向终端发送了第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息多项的情况下,第四指示信息指示的至少一个小区的定位信息的类型可以包括多种类型。例如,第四指示信息指示小区A、小区B、以及小区C,且终端收到来自网络设备的第一指示信息和第二指示信息,未收到第三指示信息为例,上述步骤S1001中终端确定的定位信息可以包括小区A的覆盖剩余时间、小区B的覆盖剩余时间、以及终端的第一位置与小区C的中心位置和/或边缘位置之间的距离。Or, in a case where the network device sends multiple items of first indication information, second indication information, and third indication information to the terminal, the type of positioning information of at least one cell indicated by the fourth indication information may include multiple types. For example, the fourth indication information indicates cell A, cell B, and cell C, and the terminal receives the first indication information and the second indication information from the network equipment, and does not receive the third indication information as an example, the terminal in the above step S1001 The determined positioning information may include the remaining coverage time of cell A, the remaining coverage time of cell B, and the distance between the first location of the terminal and the center location and/or edge location of cell C.

可选的,在网络设备发送了第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息中的多项的情况下,终端具体确定哪些小区的覆盖剩余时间、哪些小区的持续覆盖时间、或终端的第一位置与哪些小区的中心位置/边缘位置之间的距离,可以由终端确定,或者,可以由网络设备指示。Optionally, when the network device sends multiple items of the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information, the terminal specifically determines which cells have remaining coverage time, which cells have continuous coverage time, or the terminal The distance between the first location of the cell and the center locations/edge locations of which cells may be determined by the terminal, or may be indicated by the network device.

示例性的,网络设备可以在一条消息中发送第四指示信息以及第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息中的多项,使得该消息中携带用于指示小区的信息和用于指示定位信息类型的信息的对应关系,从而使得终端根据该对应关系确定定位信息。Exemplarily, the network device may send the fourth indication information and multiple items of the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information in one message, so that the message carries information for indicating a cell and information for The corresponding relationship of the information indicating the type of positioning information, so that the terminal determines the positioning information according to the corresponding relationship.

例如,以网络设备向终端发送第一指示信息、第二指示信息、以及第三指示信息,第一指示信息、第二指示信息、以及第三指示信息分别表示为indicator#1、indicator#2、以及indicator#3为例,该消息可以携带如下信息:For example, the network device sends the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information to the terminal, and the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information are respectively represented as indicator #1, indicator #2, Taking indicator#3 as an example, the message can carry the following information:

{indicator#1,CGI#A、CGI#B;{indicator#1, CGI#A, CGI#B;

indicator#2,CGI#C;indicator#2, CGI#C;

indicator#3,CGI#D;indicator #3, CGI #D;

}}

其中,该消息用于指示终端确定小区A和小区B的覆盖剩余时间、终端的第一位置与小区C的中心位置/边缘位置之间的距离、以及小区D的持续覆盖时间。终端收到该消息后,可以根据该消息的指示确定上述定位信息。可以理解的是,上述CGI#A至CGI#D可以理解为第四指示信息。Wherein, the message is used to instruct the terminal to determine the remaining coverage time of cell A and cell B, the distance between the first location of the terminal and the central location/edge location of cell C, and the continuous coverage time of cell D. After receiving the message, the terminal may determine the above positioning information according to the indication of the message. It can be understood that the above CGI#A to CGI#D can be understood as the fourth indication information.

在步骤S1005结合上述步骤S1004a至S1004c中的一项或多项执行时,各个步骤的执行顺序不受限制。When step S1005 is executed in combination with one or more of the above steps S1004a to S1004c, the execution order of each step is not limited.

可选的,在网络设备不执行上述步骤S1005的情况下,至少一个小区可以是终端的服务小区的邻区,该邻区可以是服务小区的系统信息中广播的,或者,可以是接入网设备向终端下发的测量配置中配置的,本申请对此不作具体限定。Optionally, if the network device does not perform the above step S1005, at least one cell may be a neighboring cell of the serving cell of the terminal, and the neighboring cell may be broadcast in the system information of the serving cell, or may be an access network It is configured in the measurement configuration delivered by the device to the terminal, which is not specifically limited in this application.

以上对定位信息类型的确定方式进行了说明,下面,对终端确定定位信息的具体方式进行说明。The manner of determining the positioning information type is described above, and the specific manner of determining the positioning information by the terminal is described below.

在定位信息包括至少一个小区的覆盖剩余时间的情况下,以至少一个小区包括第一小区为例,作为一种可能的实现,终端确定定位信息,可以包括:终端根据第一卫星的星历、第一小区的覆盖范围、以及终端的第一位置,确定第一小区的覆盖剩余时间。其中,第一卫星与第一小区关联,卫星与小区关联可参考上述步骤S1001中的相关说明, 在此不再赘述。In the case where the positioning information includes the remaining coverage time of at least one cell, taking at least one cell including the first cell as an example, as a possible implementation, determining the positioning information by the terminal may include: the terminal according to the ephemeris of the first satellite, The coverage range of the first cell and the first location of the terminal determine the remaining coverage time of the first cell. Wherein, the first satellite is associated with the first cell, and for the association between the satellite and the cell, reference may be made to relevant descriptions in the above step S1001 , which will not be repeated here.

作为一种具体的示例,终端根据第一卫星的星历、第一小区的覆盖范围、以及终端的第一位置,确定第一小区的覆盖剩余时间,可以包括:As a specific example, the terminal determines the remaining coverage time of the first cell according to the ephemeris of the first satellite, the coverage of the first cell, and the first location of the terminal, which may include:

1)、根据第一卫星的星历,确定第一卫星的移动方向和移动速度。1) According to the ephemeris of the first satellite, determine the moving direction and moving speed of the first satellite.

示例性的,卫星的星历可以分为如下两类:第一类包括卫星的轨道、移动速度、移动方向等信息;第二类包括卫星的实时位置。在第一卫星的星历属于第一类时,终端可以直接获得第一卫星的移动方向和移动速度;在第一卫星的星历属于第二类时,终端可以根据第一卫星的多个实时位置确定第一卫星的移动方向和移动速度。Exemplarily, satellite ephemeris can be divided into the following two categories: the first category includes satellite orbit, moving speed, moving direction and other information; the second category includes satellite's real-time position. When the ephemeris of the first satellite belongs to the first category, the terminal can directly obtain the moving direction and moving speed of the first satellite; when the ephemeris of the first satellite belongs to the second category, the terminal can The position determines the direction and speed of movement of the first satellite.

2)、根据终端的第一位置、第一小区的覆盖范围、以及第一卫星的移动方向,确定终端的第一位置和第一小区的第一边缘之间的距离,该第一边缘为背离第一卫星的移动方向的边缘。2) According to the first position of the terminal, the coverage of the first cell, and the moving direction of the first satellite, determine the distance between the first position of the terminal and the first edge of the first cell, where the first edge is a distance away from The edge in the direction of movement of the first satellite.

可选的,第一小区的覆盖范围可以是接入网设备向终端指示的。例如,接入网设备可以广播第一小区的系统信息,在该系统信息中包括用于指示第一小区的覆盖范围的覆盖范围信息。相应的,终端接收第一小区的系统信息,从而获取第一小区的覆盖范围。此外,第一小区的系统信息还可以指示第一小区的邻区的覆盖范围,使得终端获知多个小区的覆盖范围,从而确定多个小区的覆盖剩余时间。Optionally, the coverage of the first cell may be indicated by the access network device to the terminal. For example, the access network device may broadcast system information of the first cell, where the system information includes coverage information for indicating the coverage of the first cell. Correspondingly, the terminal receives the system information of the first cell, so as to obtain the coverage of the first cell. In addition, the system information of the first cell may also indicate the coverage of neighboring cells of the first cell, so that the terminal learns the coverage of multiple cells, so as to determine the remaining coverage time of the multiple cells.

可选的,该覆盖范围信息可以包括第一小区覆盖的经纬度信息。或者,该覆盖范围信息可以包括第一小区的中心位置和/或半径。Optionally, the coverage information may include latitude and longitude information covered by the first cell. Alternatively, the coverage information may include a central location and/or a radius of the first cell.

示例性的,该场景下,终端根据系统信息获知第一小区的覆盖范围,再根据第一卫星的移动方向确定第一小区的第一边缘,根据自身的定位模块获知终端的第一位置,从而确定第一位置和第一小区的第一边缘之间的距离。Exemplarily, in this scenario, the terminal obtains the coverage of the first cell according to the system information, then determines the first edge of the first cell according to the moving direction of the first satellite, and obtains the first position of the terminal according to its own positioning module, so that A distance between the first location and the first edge of the first cell is determined.

3)、根据第一卫星的移动速度以及终端的第一位置和第一小区的第一边缘之间的距离,确定第一小区的覆盖剩余时间。3) Determine the remaining coverage time of the first cell according to the moving speed of the first satellite and the distance between the first position of the terminal and the first edge of the first cell.

示例性的,第一小区的覆盖剩余时间可以为终端的第一位置和第一边缘之间的距离与第一卫星的移动速度的比值。例如,终端的第一位置和第一小区的第一边缘之间的距离为21千米(kilometer,km),第一卫星的移动速度为7千米每秒(km/s),则第一小区对终端的覆盖剩余时间为3秒。Exemplarily, the remaining coverage time of the first cell may be a ratio of the distance between the first position of the terminal and the first edge to the moving speed of the first satellite. For example, the distance between the first location of the terminal and the first edge of the first cell is 21 kilometers (kilometer, km), and the moving speed of the first satellite is 7 kilometers per second (km/s), then the first The remaining time for the cell to cover the terminal is 3 seconds.

作为另一种可能的实现,终端确定定位信息,可以包括:终端测量第一小区,得到第一小区的信号质量,根据第一小区的信号质量确定第一小区的覆盖剩余时间。As another possible implementation, determining the positioning information by the terminal may include: the terminal measures the first cell to obtain signal quality of the first cell, and determines remaining coverage time of the first cell according to the signal quality of the first cell.

示例性的,终端测量第一小区可以包括终端测量第一小区的参考信号,例如信道状态信息参考信号(channel-state information reference signal,CSI-RS)、解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)等,第一小区的信号质量可以表示为参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power,RSRP)、参考信号接收质量(reference signal receiving quality,RSRQ)、或信号与干扰加噪声比(signal to interference plus noise ratio,SINR),本申请对此不作具体限定。Exemplarily, the terminal measuring the first cell may include the terminal measuring the reference signal of the first cell, such as channel state information reference signal (channel-state information reference signal, CSI-RS), demodulation reference signal (demodulation reference signal, DMRS) etc., the signal quality of the first cell can be expressed as reference signal receiving power (reference signal receiving power, RSRP), reference signal receiving quality (reference signal receiving quality, RSRQ), or signal to interference plus noise ratio (signal to interference plus noise ratio, SINR), this application does not specifically limit it.

示例性的,终端根据第一小区的信号质量确定第一小区的覆盖剩余时间,可以包括:第一小区的信号质量在时刻1大于预设阈值,在时刻1之后的时刻2小于预设阈值的情况下,终端确定该第一小区的覆盖剩余时间为0。Exemplarily, the terminal determines the remaining coverage time of the first cell according to the signal quality of the first cell, which may include: the signal quality of the first cell is greater than a preset threshold at time 1, and is less than the preset threshold at time 2 after time 1 In this case, the terminal determines that the remaining coverage time of the first cell is 0.

在定位信息包括终端的第一位置与至少一个小区的中心位置和/或边缘位置之间的距离的情况下,以至少一个小区包括第二小区为例,作为一种可能的实现,终端确定定位信息,可以包括:根据第二小区的覆盖范围和终端的第一位置,确定终端的第一位置 与第二小区的边缘位置之间的距离,和/或,终端的第一位置与第二小区的中心位置之间的距离。In the case where the location information includes the distance between the first location of the terminal and the center location and/or edge location of at least one cell, taking at least one cell including the second cell as an example, as a possible implementation, the terminal determines the location The information may include: according to the coverage of the second cell and the first location of the terminal, determining the distance between the first location of the terminal and the edge location of the second cell, and/or, determining the distance between the first location of the terminal and the edge location of the second cell The distance between the center locations of .

可选的,第二小区的覆盖范围可以是小区的系统信息中携带的覆盖范围信息指示的,可参考第一小区的覆盖范围的相关说明,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the coverage of the second cell may be indicated by the coverage information carried in the system information of the cell, and reference may be made to relevant descriptions of the coverage of the first cell, which will not be repeated here.

示例性的,该场景下,终端根据系统信息可以获知第二小区的覆盖范围,进一步的,可以获知第二小区的中心位置和/或边缘位置,再根据自身的定位模块获知终端的第一位置,从而确定终端的第一位置和第二小区的中心位置之间的距离,和/或,终端的第一位置与第二小区的边缘位置之间的距离。Exemplarily, in this scenario, the terminal can know the coverage of the second cell according to the system information, and further, can know the center position and/or edge position of the second cell, and then know the first position of the terminal according to its own positioning module , so as to determine the distance between the first location of the terminal and the central location of the second cell, and/or, the distance between the first location of the terminal and the edge location of the second cell.

作为另一种可能的实现,终端确定定位信息,可以包括:根据第二卫星的星历和终端的第一位置,确定终端的第一位置与第二小区的中心位置之间的距离,该第二卫星与第二小区关联。其中,卫星与小区关联可参考上述步骤S1001中的相关说明,在此不再赘述。As another possible implementation, the determination of the positioning information by the terminal may include: determining the distance between the first position of the terminal and the center position of the second cell according to the ephemeris of the second satellite and the first position of the terminal, the second The second satellite is associated with the second cell. For the association between the satellite and the cell, reference may be made to the relevant description in the above step S1001, which will not be repeated here.

作为一种具体的示例,终端根据第二卫星的星历和终端的第一位置,确定终端的第一位置与第二小区的中心位置之间的距离,包括:As a specific example, the terminal determines the distance between the first location of the terminal and the center location of the second cell according to the ephemeris of the second satellite and the first location of the terminal, including:

1)、根据第二卫星的星历确定第二卫星的位置。1) Determine the position of the second satellite according to the ephemeris of the second satellite.

示例性的,在第二卫星的星历属于上述第一类星历时,终端可以根据第二卫星的轨道、移动速度、移动方向等信息确定第二卫星的位置;在第二卫星的星历属于上述第二类星历时,终端可以直接获取第二卫星的位置。Exemplarily, when the ephemeris of the second satellite belongs to the above-mentioned first type of ephemeris, the terminal can determine the position of the second satellite according to information such as the orbit, moving speed, and moving direction of the second satellite; when the ephemeris of the second satellite belongs to In the above-mentioned second type of ephemeris, the terminal can directly acquire the position of the second satellite.

2)、根据第二卫星的位置确定第二小区的中心位置。2). Determine the center position of the second cell according to the position of the second satellite.

示例性的,在第二卫星的波束方向与地面垂直的情况下,第二小区的中心位置的经纬度与第二卫星的位置所对应的经纬度相同。Exemplarily, when the beam direction of the second satellite is perpendicular to the ground, the latitude and longitude of the central position of the second cell are the same as the latitude and longitude corresponding to the position of the second satellite.

3)、确定第二小区的中心位置和终端的第一位置之间的距离。3). Determine the distance between the center position of the second cell and the first position of the terminal.

可选的,上述两种确定距离的方式可以相互结合,例如,根据小区的覆盖范围确定小区的边缘位置,从而确定终端的第一位置和小区的边缘位置之间的距离。以及,根据卫星的位置确定小区的中心位置,从而确定终端的第一位置和小区的中心位置之间的距离。Optionally, the above two manners of determining the distance may be combined with each other, for example, determining the edge position of the cell according to the coverage of the cell, so as to determine the distance between the first position of the terminal and the edge position of the cell. And, the center position of the cell is determined according to the position of the satellite, so as to determine the distance between the first position of the terminal and the center position of the cell.

在定位信息包括至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间的情况下,以至少一个小区包括第三小区为例,终端确定定位信息,可以包括:测量第三小区,得到第三小区的信号质量;根据第三小区的信号质量,确定第三小区的持续覆盖时间。In the case where the positioning information includes the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, taking at least one cell including a third cell as an example, determining the positioning information by the terminal may include: measuring the third cell to obtain the signal quality of the third cell; according to the third cell The signal quality of the cell determines the continuous coverage time of the third cell.

示例性的,终端测量第三小区可以包括终端测量第三小区的参考信号,例如CSI-RS、DMRS等,第三小区的信号质量可以表示为RSRP、RSRQ、或SINR,本申请对此不作具体限定。Exemplarily, the terminal measuring the third cell may include the terminal measuring the reference signal of the third cell, such as CSI-RS, DMRS, etc., and the signal quality of the third cell may be expressed as RSRP, RSRQ, or SINR, and this application does not make specific details on this limited.

作为一种可能的实现,终端根据第三小区的信号质量,确定第三小区的持续覆盖时间可以包括:确定第三小区的持续覆盖时间为一段时间内,第三小区的信号质量首次大于或等于第三阈值的时刻(记为时刻A),至时刻A之后第三小区的信号质量首次小于第三阈值的时刻(记为时刻B)之间的时长。示例性的,该第三阈值可以为-141dB。As a possible implementation, the terminal determining the continuous coverage time of the third cell according to the signal quality of the third cell may include: determining that the continuous coverage time of the third cell is within a period of time, the signal quality of the third cell is greater than or equal to The time period between the moment of the third threshold (denoted as time A) and the moment after time A when the signal quality of the third cell is lower than the third threshold for the first time (denoted as time B). Exemplarily, the third threshold may be -141dB.

需要说明的是,本申请还涉及“第一阈值”和“第二阈值”,将在后续实施例进行说明,在此不予赘述。It should be noted that the present application also relates to the “first threshold” and the “second threshold”, which will be described in subsequent embodiments and will not be repeated here.

示例性的,该一段时间可以为第三小区的测量时长,即开始测量第三小区的时间至停止测量第三小区的时间之间的时长。该停止测量第三小区的时间可以为时刻B,即在时刻A之后,一旦测得第三小区的信号质量小于第三阈值,即停止测量第三小区。Exemplarily, the period of time may be the measurement duration of the third cell, that is, the duration between the time when the measurement of the third cell is started and the time when the measurement of the third cell is stopped. The time to stop measuring the third cell may be time B, that is, after time A, once it is measured that the signal quality of the third cell is less than the third threshold, the measurement of the third cell is stopped.

作为一种可能的实现,终端可以启动定时器,在该定时器运行期间确定定位信息。例如,终端启动定时器,在该定时器运行期间测量第三小区,得到第三小区的信号质量,从而根据第三小区的信号质量确定第三小区的持续覆盖时间。该场景下,第三小区的测量时长可以为该定时器的时长。As a possible implementation, the terminal can start a timer, and determine the positioning information during the running of the timer. For example, the terminal starts a timer, measures the third cell during the running of the timer, obtains the signal quality of the third cell, and determines the continuous coverage time of the third cell according to the signal quality of the third cell. In this scenario, the measurement duration of the third cell may be the duration of the timer.

作为一种具体的示例,终端可以在收到上述第三指示信息后,启动该定时器。该定时器的时长可以是网络设备指示的,或者,可以是协议约定义的,或者,可以是终端确定的,本申请对此不作具体限定。As a specific example, the terminal may start the timer after receiving the third indication information. The duration of the timer may be indicated by the network device, or may be defined by the protocol, or may be determined by the terminal, which is not specifically limited in this application.

基于该方案,使得终端在定时器的运行时间内确定定位信息,避免终端无限制地对小区进行测量,从而降低定位信息的确定时延,进而降低定位的整体时延。此外,还可以节省终端的能耗。Based on this solution, the terminal determines the positioning information within the running time of the timer, avoiding the terminal from measuring cells without restriction, thereby reducing the time delay of determining the positioning information, and further reducing the overall time delay of positioning. In addition, the energy consumption of the terminal can also be saved.

在定位信息包括至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间的情况下,上述步骤S1002中,终端向网络设备发送定位信息,可能存在以下几种情况:In the case that the positioning information includes the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, in the above step S1002, the terminal sends the positioning information to the network device, and the following situations may exist:

情况一、终端在定时器运行期间确定定位信息的情况下,上述步骤S1002具体可以为:终端在该定时器到期后向网络设备发送定位信息。Case 1, when the terminal determines the positioning information during the running of the timer, the above step S1002 may specifically be: the terminal sends the positioning information to the network device after the timer expires.

情况二、在该至少一个小区的数量大于或等于第一阈值的情况下,终端向网络设备发送定位信息。Case 2: When the number of the at least one cell is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the terminal sends positioning information to the network device.

也就是说,在定位信息包括N个小区的持续覆盖时间,且N大于或等于第一阈值的情况下,终端向网络设备发送该定位信息。That is to say, when the positioning information includes the continuous coverage time of N cells, and N is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the terminal sends the positioning information to the network device.

情况三、在该至少一个小区的数量大于或等于第一阈值,且至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间大于或等于第二阈值的情况下,终端向网络设备发送定位信息。Case 3: When the number of the at least one cell is greater than or equal to the first threshold, and the continuous coverage time of the at least one cell is greater than or equal to the second threshold, the terminal sends positioning information to the network device.

也就是说,在定位信息包括N个小区的持续覆盖时间,N大于或等于第一阈值,且该N个小区中的M个小区的持续覆盖时间大于或等于第二阈值的情况下,终端向网络设备发送定位信息。其中,M为小于或等于N的正整数,即M个小区为该N个小区中的部分或全部小区。That is to say, when the positioning information includes the continuous coverage time of N cells, N is greater than or equal to the first threshold, and the continuous coverage time of M cells in the N cells is greater than or equal to the second threshold, the terminal sends The network device sends location information. Wherein, M is a positive integer less than or equal to N, that is, the M cells are some or all of the N cells.

基于该方案,终端在小区的数量大于第一阈值,或者在小区的数量大于第一阈值且小区的持续覆盖时间大于第二阈值的情况下向网络设备发送定位信息,也即对定位信息的内容进行了限制,使得该定位信息包括一定数量小区的持续覆盖时间,进一步的,小区的持续覆盖时间大于或等于一定阈值,从而提高网络设备根据定位信息定位终端的精确度。Based on this solution, the terminal sends positioning information to the network device when the number of cells is greater than the first threshold, or when the number of cells is greater than the first threshold and the continuous coverage time of the cell is greater than the second threshold, that is, the content of the positioning information Restrictions are made so that the positioning information includes the continuous coverage time of a certain number of cells. Further, the continuous coverage time of the cells is greater than or equal to a certain threshold, thereby improving the accuracy of the network device in locating the terminal according to the positioning information.

其中,上述实施例中由网络设备或终端实现的动作可以由图9所示的通信装置900中的处理器901调用存储器903中存储的应用程序代码以指令该网络设备或终端执行,本实施例对此不作任何限制。Wherein, the actions implemented by the network device or terminal in the above-mentioned embodiments may be executed by the processor 901 in the communication device 900 shown in FIG. 9 calling the application code stored in the memory 903 to instruct the network device or terminal to execute There are no restrictions on this.

可以理解的是,以上各个实施例中,由网络设备实现的方法和/或步骤,也可以由可用于该网络设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片、芯片系统、电路、逻辑模块、或软件)实现;由终端实现的方法和/或步骤,也可以由可用于该终端的部件(例如处理器、芯片、芯片系统、电路、逻辑模块、或软件)实现。It can be understood that, in each of the above embodiments, the method and/or steps implemented by the network device may also be implemented by a component (such as a processor, a chip, a chip system, a circuit, a logic module, or software) that can be used in the network device. Implementation: The methods and/or steps implemented by the terminal may also be implemented by components (such as processors, chips, chip systems, circuits, logic modules, or software) that can be used in the terminal.

上述主要从各个设备之间交互的角度对本申请提供的方案进行了介绍。相应的,本申请还提供了通信装置,该通信装置用于实现上述各种方法。该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的网络设备,或者包含上述网络设备的装置,或者为可用于网络设备的部件;或者,该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的终端,或者包含上述终端的装置,或者为可用于终端的部件。The foregoing mainly introduces the solution provided by the present application from the perspective of interaction between various devices. Correspondingly, the present application also provides a communication device, which is used to implement the above various methods. The communication device may be the network device in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above network device, or a component that can be used in the network device; or, the communication device may be the terminal in the above method embodiment, or include the above terminal device, or a component that can be used in a terminal.

可以理解的是,该通信装置为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。It can be understood that, in order to realize the above functions, the communication device includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software in combination with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.

本申请实施例可以根据上述方法实施例对通信装置进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiments of the present application may divide the communication device into functional modules according to the above method embodiments. For example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.

在一种实施场景下,以通信装置为上述方法实施例中的终端为例,图17示出了一种终端170的结构示意图。该终端170包括处理模块1701和收发模块1702。In an implementation scenario, taking the communication device as the terminal in the foregoing method embodiment as an example, FIG. 17 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal 170 . The terminal 170 includes a processing module 1701 and a transceiver module 1702 .

在一些实施例中,该终端170还可以包括存储模块(图17中未示出),用于存储程序指令和数据。In some embodiments, the terminal 170 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 17 ) for storing program instructions and data.

在一些实施例中,收发模块1702,也可以称为收发单元用以实现发送和/或接收功能。该收发模块1702可以由收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口构成。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 1702, also referred to as a transceiver unit, is used to implement sending and/or receiving functions. The transceiver module 1702 may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.

在一些实施例中,收发模块1702,可以包括接收模块和发送模块,分别用于执行上述方法实施例中由终端执行的接收和发送类的步骤,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程;处理模块1701,可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由终端执行的处理类(例如确定、获取等)的步骤,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 1702 may include a receiving module and a sending module, which are respectively used to perform the receiving and sending steps performed by the terminal in the above method embodiments, and/or used to support the technology described herein Other processes: the processing module 1701 may be used to execute steps of the processing type (such as determination, acquisition, etc.) performed by the terminal in the above method embodiments, and/or other processes used to support the technologies described herein.

作为一种具体的示例:As a concrete example:

处理模块1701,用于确定定位信息,定位信息包括以下一项或多项:至少一个小区的覆盖剩余时间、至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间、或通信装置的第一位置与小区位置之间的距离,通信装置的第一位置为通信装置确定的位置,小区位置包括至少一个小区的中心位置和/或边缘位置,至少一个小区与卫星关联;收发模块1702,用于向网络设备发送定位信息。The processing module 1701 is configured to determine positioning information, and the positioning information includes one or more of the following: the remaining coverage time of at least one cell, the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, or the distance between the first location of the communication device and the location of the cell , the first position of the communication device is the position determined by the communication device, the cell position includes the central position and/or edge position of at least one cell, and at least one cell is associated with a satellite; the transceiver module 1702 is configured to send positioning information to network equipment.

作为一种可能的实现方式,至少一个小区包括第一小区;定位信息包括至少一个小区的覆盖剩余时间时,处理模块1701,用于确定定位信息,包括:处理模块1701,用于根据第一卫星的星历、第一小区的覆盖范围、以及通信装置的第一位置,确定第一小区的覆盖剩余时间,第一卫星与第一小区关联。As a possible implementation, at least one cell includes the first cell; when the positioning information includes the remaining coverage time of at least one cell, the processing module 1701 is used to determine the positioning information, including: the processing module 1701 is used to The ephemeris of the first cell, the coverage of the first cell, and the first location of the communication device determine the remaining coverage time of the first cell, and the first satellite is associated with the first cell.

作为一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1701,用于根据第一卫星的星历、第一小区的覆盖范围、以及通信装置的第一位置,确定第一小区的覆盖剩余时间,包括:处理模块1701,用于根据第一卫星的星历,确定第一卫星的移动方向和移动速度;处理模块1701,还用于根据通信装置的第一位置、第一小区的覆盖范围、以及第一卫星的移动方向,确定通信装置的第一位置和第一小区的第一边缘之间的距离,第一边缘为背离移动方向的边缘;处理模块1701,还用于根据第一卫星的移动速度以及通信装置的第一位置和第一边缘之间的距离,确定第一小区的覆盖剩余时间。As a possible implementation, the processing module 1701 is configured to determine the remaining coverage time of the first cell according to the ephemeris of the first satellite, the coverage of the first cell, and the first position of the communication device, including: a processing module 1701, used to determine the moving direction and moving speed of the first satellite according to the ephemeris of the first satellite; The direction of movement is to determine the distance between the first position of the communication device and the first edge of the first cell, the first edge is an edge away from the direction of movement; the processing module 1701 is also used to determine the distance between the first position of the communication device and the first edge of the first cell; the processing module 1701 is also configured to The distance between the first location and the first edge determines the remaining coverage time of the first cell.

作为一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1702,还用于接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示定位信息的类型包括覆盖剩余时间。As a possible implementation manner, the transceiving module 1702 is further configured to receive first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes remaining coverage time.

作为一种可能的实现方式,至少一个小区包括第二小区,定位信息包括通信装置的第一位置与小区位置之间的距离时,处理模块1701,用于确定定位信息,包括:处理模块1701, 用于根据第二小区的覆盖范围和通信装置的第一位置,确定通信装置的第一位置与第二小区的边缘位置和/或中心位置之间的距离;或者,处理模块1701,用于根据第二卫星的星历和通信装置的第一位置,确定通信装置的第一位置与第二小区的中心位置之间的距离,第二卫星与第二小区关联。As a possible implementation, when at least one cell includes a second cell, and the positioning information includes the distance between the first location of the communication device and the location of the cell, the processing module 1701 is configured to determine the positioning information, including: a processing module 1701, For determining the distance between the first position of the communication device and the edge position and/or center position of the second cell according to the coverage of the second cell and the first position of the communication device; or, the processing module 1701 is configured to The ephemeris of the second satellite and the first location of the communication device determine a distance between the first location of the communication device and a center location of a second cell with which the second satellite is associated.

作为一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1701,用于根据第二卫星的星历和通信装置的第一位置,确定通信装置的第一位置与第二小区的中心位置之间的距离,包括:处理模块1701,用于根据第二卫星的星历确定第二卫星的位置;处理模块1701,还用于根据第二卫星的位置确定第二小区的中心位置;处理模块1701,还用于确定第二小区的中心位置和通信装置的第一位置之间的距离。As a possible implementation, the processing module 1701 is configured to determine the distance between the first position of the communication device and the center position of the second cell according to the ephemeris of the second satellite and the first position of the communication device, including: The processing module 1701 is used to determine the position of the second satellite according to the ephemeris of the second satellite; the processing module 1701 is also used to determine the center position of the second cell according to the position of the second satellite; the processing module 1701 is also used to determine the position of the second satellite The distance between the central location of the second cell and the first location of the communication device.

作为一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1702,还用于接收来自网络设备的第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示定位信息的类型包括通信装置与小区位置之间的距离。As a possible implementation manner, the transceiving module 1702 is further configured to receive second indication information from the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the type of the location information includes the distance between the communication device and the location of the cell.

作为一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1702,还用于向网络设备发送第一时间信息,第一时间信息用于指示确定定位信息的时间。As a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1702 is further configured to send first time information to the network device, where the first time information is used to indicate a time for determining the positioning information.

作为一种可能的实现方式,至少一个小区包括第三小区;定位信息包括至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间时,处理模块1701,用于确定定位信息,包括:处理模块1701,用于测量第三小区,得到第三小区的信号质量;处理模块1701,还用于根据第三小区的信号质量,确定第三小区的持续覆盖时间。As a possible implementation, at least one cell includes a third cell; when the positioning information includes the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, the processing module 1701 is configured to determine the positioning information, including: a processing module 1701 configured to measure the third cell , to obtain the signal quality of the third cell; the processing module 1701 is further configured to determine the continuous coverage time of the third cell according to the signal quality of the third cell.

作为一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1702,还用于向网络设备发送第二时间信息,第二时间信息用于指示测量时长,测量时长包括开始测量第三小区的时间至停止测量第三小区的时间之间的时长。As a possible implementation, the transceiver module 1702 is also configured to send second time information to the network device, the second time information is used to indicate the measurement duration, and the measurement duration includes the time from the start of measuring the third cell to the stop of measuring the third cell The duration between the times.

作为一种可能的实现方式,处理模块1701,用于确定定位信息,包括:处理模块1701,用于启动定时器;处理模块1701,还用于在定时器运行期间确定定位信息。As a possible implementation manner, the processing module 1701 is configured to determine the positioning information, including: the processing module 1701 is configured to start the timer; the processing module 1701 is also configured to determine the positioning information during the running of the timer.

作为一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1702,用于向网络设备发送定位信息,包括:在至少一个小区的数量大于或等于第一阈值的情况下,收发模块1702,用于向网络设备发送定位信息;或者,在至少一个小区的数量大于或等于第一阈值,且至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间大于或等于第二阈值的情况下,收发模块1702,用于向网络设备发送定位信息。As a possible implementation, the transceiver module 1702 is configured to send positioning information to the network device, including: when the number of at least one cell is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the transceiver module 1702 is configured to send the positioning information to the network device information; or, when the number of at least one cell is greater than or equal to the first threshold, and the continuous coverage time of at least one cell is greater than or equal to the second threshold, the transceiver module 1702 is configured to send positioning information to the network device.

作为一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1702,还用于接收来自网络设备的第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示定位信息的类型包括持续覆盖时间。As a possible implementation manner, the transceiving module 1702 is further configured to receive third indication information from the network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate that a type of positioning information includes continuous coverage time.

作为一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1702,还用于接收来自网络设备的第四指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示至少一个小区。As a possible implementation manner, the transceiving module 1702 is further configured to receive fourth indication information from the network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one cell.

其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Wherein, all relevant content of each step involved in the above-mentioned method embodiment can be referred to the function description of the corresponding function module, and will not be repeated here.

在本申请中,该终端170以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。In this application, the terminal 170 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner. "Module" here may refer to a specific application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), circuit, processor and memory that execute one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuits, and/or other functions that can provide the above functions device.

在一些实施例中,在硬件实现上,本领域的技术人员可以想到该终端170可以采用图9所示的通信装置900的形式。In some embodiments, in terms of hardware implementation, those skilled in the art can imagine that the terminal 170 may take the form of the communication device 900 shown in FIG. 9 .

作为一种示例,图17中的处理模块1701的功能/实现过程可以通过图9所示的通信装置900中的处理器901调用存储器903中存储的计算机执行指令来实现,图17中的收发模块1702的功能/实现过程可以通过图9所示的通信装置900中的通信接口904 来实现。As an example, the function/implementation process of the processing module 1701 in FIG. 17 can be realized by the processor 901 in the communication device 900 shown in FIG. The function/implementation process of 1702 may be implemented through the communication interface 904 in the communication device 900 shown in FIG. 9 .

在一些实施例中,当图17中的终端170是芯片或芯片系统时,处理模块1701的功能/实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的输入输出接口(或通信接口)实现,收发模块1702的功能/实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的处理器(或者处理电路)实现。In some embodiments, when the terminal 170 in FIG. 17 is a chip or a chip system, the function/implementation process of the processing module 1701 can be realized through the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or the chip system, and the function of the transceiver module 1702 The/implementation process may be implemented by a chip or a processor (or processing circuit) of a chip system.

由于本实施例提供的终端170可执行上述方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Since the terminal 170 provided in this embodiment can execute the above method, the technical effect it can obtain can refer to the above method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.

在一种实施场景下,以通信装置为上述方法实施例中的网络设备为例,图18示出了一种网络设备180的结构示意图。该网络设备180包括处理模块1801和收发模块1802。In an implementation scenario, taking the communication device as an example of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment, FIG. 18 shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device 180 . The network device 180 includes a processing module 1801 and a transceiver module 1802 .

在一些实施例中,该网络设备180还可以包括存储模块(图18中未示出),用于存储程序指令和数据。In some embodiments, the network device 180 may also include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 18 ) for storing program instructions and data.

在一些实施例中,收发模块1802,也可以称为收发单元用以实现发送和/或接收功能。该收发模块1802可以由收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口构成。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 1802 may also be referred to as a transceiver unit to implement sending and/or receiving functions. The transceiver module 1802 may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.

在一些实施例中,收发模块1802,可以包括接收模块和发送模块,分别用于执行上述方法实施例中由网络设备执行的接收和发送类的步骤,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程;处理模块1801,可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由网络设备执行的处理类(例如确定、获取等)的步骤,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 1802 may include a receiving module and a sending module, which are respectively used to perform the receiving and sending steps performed by the network device in the above method embodiments, and/or used to support the technology described herein other processes; the processing module 1801 may be used to execute steps of the processing type (such as determination, acquisition, etc.) performed by the network device in the above method embodiments, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein.

作为一种具体的示例:As a concrete example:

收发模块1802,用于接收来自终端的定位信息,定位信息包括以下一项或多项:至少一个小区的覆盖剩余时间、至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间、或终端的第一位置与小区位置之间的距离,终端的第一位置为终端确定的位置,小区位置包括至少一个小区的中心位置和/或边缘位置,至少一个小区与卫星关联;处理模块1801,用于根据定位信息确定终端的第二位置。The transceiver module 1802 is configured to receive positioning information from the terminal, the positioning information includes one or more of the following: the remaining coverage time of at least one cell, the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, or the distance between the first location of the terminal and the location of the cell distance, the first position of the terminal is the position determined by the terminal, the cell position includes the central position and/or edge position of at least one cell, and at least one cell is associated with a satellite; the processing module 1801 is configured to determine the second position of the terminal according to the positioning information Location.

作为一种可能的实现方式,至少一个小区包括第一小区;定位信息包括第一小区的覆盖剩余时间时,处理模块1801,用于根据定位信息确定终端的第二位置,包括:处理模块1801,用于根据第一小区的覆盖剩余时间、第一卫星的移动方向、第一卫星的移动速度、以及第一小区的覆盖范围,确定终端的第二位置,第一卫星与第一小区关联。As a possible implementation, at least one cell includes the first cell; when the positioning information includes the remaining coverage time of the first cell, the processing module 1801 is configured to determine the second location of the terminal according to the positioning information, including: the processing module 1801, It is used to determine the second position of the terminal according to the remaining coverage time of the first cell, the moving direction of the first satellite, the moving speed of the first satellite, and the coverage of the first cell, and the first satellite is associated with the first cell.

作为一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1802,还用于向终端发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示定位信息的类型包括覆盖剩余时间。As a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1802 is further configured to send first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes remaining coverage time.

作为一种可能的实现方式,至少一个小区包括第二小区;定位信息包括终端的第一位置与小区位置之间的距离时,处理模块1801,用于根据定位信息确定终端的第二位置,包括:处理模块1801,用于根据第二小区的覆盖范围、以及终端的第一位置与第二小区的中心位置或边缘位置之间的距离,确定终端的第二位置。As a possible implementation, at least one cell includes a second cell; when the positioning information includes the distance between the first location of the terminal and the location of the cell, the processing module 1801 is configured to determine the second location of the terminal according to the positioning information, including : a processing module 1801, configured to determine a second location of the terminal according to the coverage of the second cell and the distance between the first location of the terminal and the center or edge of the second cell.

作为一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1802,还用于向终端发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示定位信息的类型包括终端与小区位置之间的距离。As a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1802 is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes the distance between the terminal and the location of the cell.

作为一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1802,还用于接收来自终端的第一时间信息,该第一时间信息用于指示确定定位信息的时间。As a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1802 is further configured to receive first time information from the terminal, where the first time information is used to indicate the time for determining the positioning information.

作为一种可能的实现方式,至少一个小区包括第三小区;定位信息包括第三小区的持续覆盖时间时,处理模块1801,用于根据定位信息确定终端的第二位置,包括:处理模块1801,用于根据第三小区的持续覆盖时间、第三卫星的移动方向、第三卫星的移动速度、以及第三小区的覆盖范围,确定终端的第二位置,第三卫星与第三小区关联。As a possible implementation, at least one cell includes a third cell; when the positioning information includes the continuous coverage time of the third cell, the processing module 1801 is configured to determine the second location of the terminal according to the positioning information, including: a processing module 1801, It is used to determine the second position of the terminal according to the continuous coverage time of the third cell, the moving direction of the third satellite, the moving speed of the third satellite, and the coverage of the third cell, and the third satellite is associated with the third cell.

作为一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1802,还用于向终端发送第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示定位信息的类型包括持续覆盖时间。As a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1802 is further configured to send third indication information to the terminal, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes continuous coverage time.

作为一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1802,还用于接收来自终端的第二时间信息,该第二时间信息用于指示测量时长,该测量时长包括开始测量第三小区的时间至停止测量第三小区的时间之间的时长。As a possible implementation, the transceiver module 1802 is further configured to receive second time information from the terminal, where the second time information is used to indicate the measurement duration, and the measurement duration includes the time when the measurement of the third cell is started to the time when the measurement of the second cell is stopped. The duration between the times of the three cells.

作为一种可能的实现方式,收发模块1802,还用于向终端发送第四指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示至少一个小区。As a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1802 is further configured to send fourth indication information to the terminal, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate at least one cell.

其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Wherein, all relevant content of each step involved in the above-mentioned method embodiment can be referred to the function description of the corresponding function module, and will not be repeated here.

在本申请中,该网络设备180以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。In this application, the network device 180 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner. "Module" here may refer to a specific application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), circuit, processor and memory that execute one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuits, and/or other functions that can provide the above functions device.

在一些实施例中,在硬件实现上,本领域的技术人员可以想到该网络设备180可以采用图9所示的通信装置900的形式。In some embodiments, in terms of hardware implementation, those skilled in the art can imagine that the network device 180 may take the form of the communication device 900 shown in FIG. 9 .

作为一种示例,图18中的处理模块1801的功能/实现过程可以通过图9所示的通信装置900中的处理器901调用存储器903中存储的计算机执行指令来实现,图18中的收发模块1802的功能/实现过程可以通过图9所示的通信装置900中的通信接口904来实现。As an example, the function/implementation process of the processing module 1801 in FIG. 18 can be realized by the processor 901 in the communication device 900 shown in FIG. The function/implementation process of 1802 may be implemented through the communication interface 904 in the communication device 900 shown in FIG. 9 .

在一些实施例中,当图18中的网络设备180是芯片或芯片系统时,处理模块1801的功能/实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的输入输出接口(或通信接口)实现,收发模块1802的功能/实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的处理器(或者处理电路)实现。In some embodiments, when the network device 180 in FIG. 18 is a chip or a chip system, the function/implementation process of the processing module 1801 can be realized through the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or the chip system, and the transceiver module 1802 The function/implementation process may be implemented by a chip or a processor (or processing circuit) of a chip system.

由于本实施例提供的网络设备180可执行上述方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Since the network device 180 provided in this embodiment can execute the above method, the technical effect it can obtain can refer to the above method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.

作为一种可能的产品形态,本申请实施例的网络设备和终端,还可以使用下述来实现:一个或多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)、可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)、控制器、状态机、门逻辑、分立硬件部件、任何其它适合的电路、或者能够执行本申请通篇所描述的各种功能的电路的任意组合。As a possible product form, the network equipment and terminal of the embodiment of the present application can also be realized by using the following: one or more field programmable gate arrays (field programmable gate array, FPGA), programmable logic device (programmable logic device (PLD), controller, state machine, gate logic, discrete hardware components, any other suitable circuit, or any combination of circuits capable of performing the various functions described throughout this application.

作为一种可能的产品形态,本申请实施例的网络设备和终端,可以由一般性的总线体系结构来实现。为了便于说明,参见图19,图19是本申请实施例提供的通信装置1900的结构示意图,该通信装置1900包括处理器1901和收发器1902。该通信装置1900可以为网络设备或终端,或其中的芯片。图19仅示出了通信装置1900的主要部件。除处理器1901和收发器1902之外,所述通信装置还可以进一步包括存储器1903、以及输入输出装置(图未示意)。As a possible product form, the network device and the terminal in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a general bus architecture. For ease of description, refer to FIG. 19 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1900 provided by an embodiment of the present application, where the communication device 1900 includes a processor 1901 and a transceiver 1902 . The communication device 1900 may be a network device or a terminal, or a chip therein. FIG. 19 shows only the main components of the communication device 1900 . In addition to the processor 1901 and the transceiver 1902, the communication device may further include a memory 1903 and an input and output device (not shown in the figure).

其中,处理器1901主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对整个通信装置进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。存储器1903主要用于存储软件程序和数据。收发器1902可以包括射频电路和天线,射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。Wherein, the processor 1901 is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control the entire communication device, execute software programs, and process data of the software programs. The memory 1903 is mainly used to store software programs and data. The transceiver 1902 may include a radio frequency circuit and an antenna, and the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for converting a baseband signal to a radio frequency signal and processing the radio frequency signal. Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.

其中,处理器1901、收发器1902、以及存储器1903可以通过通信总线连接。Wherein, the processor 1901, the transceiver 1902, and the memory 1903 may be connected through a communication bus.

当通信装置开机后,处理器1901可以读取存储器1903中的软件程序,解释并执行软件程序的指令,处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时,处理器1901对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到通信装置时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器1901,处理器1901将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。When the communication device is turned on, the processor 1901 can read the software program in the memory 1903, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When data needs to be sent wirelessly, the processor 1901 performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. When data is sent to the communication device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 1901, and the processor 1901 converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data deal with.

在另一种实现中,所述的射频电路和天线可以独立于进行基带处理的处理器而设置,例如在分布式场景中,射频电路和天线可以与独立于通信装置,呈拉远式的布置。In another implementation, the radio frequency circuit and the antenna can be set independently from the processor for baseband processing. For example, in a distributed scenario, the radio frequency circuit and antenna can be arranged remotely from the communication device. .

在一些实施例中,本申请还提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括至少一个处理器,用于实现上述任一方法实施例中的方法。In some embodiments, the present application further provides a communication device, where the communication device includes at least one processor, configured to implement the method in any one of the foregoing method embodiments.

作为一种可能的实现方式,该通信装置还包括至少一个存储器。该存储器,用于保存必要的程序指令和数据,处理器可以调用存储器中存储的程序代码以指令该通信装置执行上述任一方法实施例中的方法。当然,存储器也可以不在该通信装置中。As a possible implementation manner, the communication device further includes at least one memory. The memory is used to store necessary program instructions and data, and the processor can call the program code stored in the memory to instruct the communication device to execute the method in any one of the above method embodiments. Of course, the memory may not be in the communication device.

作为另一种可能的实现方式,该通信装置还包括接口电路,该接口电路为代码/数据读写接口电路,该接口电路用于接收计算机执行指令(计算机执行指令存储在存储器中,可能直接从存储器读取,或可能经过其他器件)并传输至该处理器。As another possible implementation, the communication device further includes an interface circuit, the interface circuit is a code/data read and write interface circuit, and the interface circuit is used to receive computer-executed instructions (computer-executed instructions are stored in the memory, and may be directly read from memory read, or possibly through other devices) and transferred to the processor.

作为又一种可能的实现方式,该通信装置还包括通信接口,该通信接口用于与该通信装置之外的模块通信。As yet another possible implementation manner, the communication device further includes a communication interface, where the communication interface is used to communicate with modules other than the communication device.

可以理解的是,该通信装置可以是芯片或芯片系统,该通信装置是芯片系统时,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件,本申请对此不作具体限定。It can be understood that the communication device may be a chip or a system-on-a-chip, and when the communication device is a system-on-a-chip, it may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices, which is not specifically limited in the present application.

在一些实施例中,本申请还提供了一种通信装置(例如,该通信装置可以是芯片或芯片系统),该通信装置包括接口电路和逻辑电路,该接口电路,用于输入和/或输出信息;该逻辑电路用于执行上述任一方面所述的方法,对接口电路输入的信息进行处理和/或生成接口电路输出的信息。In some embodiments, the present application also provides a communication device (for example, the communication device may be a chip or a chip system), the communication device includes an interface circuit and a logic circuit, and the interface circuit is used for inputting and/or outputting Information; the logic circuit is used to execute the method described in any one of the above aspects, process the information input by the interface circuit and/or generate the information output by the interface circuit.

当该通信装置用于实现上述方法实施例中的终端的功能时:When the communication device is used to realize the functions of the terminal in the above method embodiment:

在一些可能的设计中,输出的信息为:定位信息,该定位信息包括以下一项或多项:至少一个小区的覆盖剩余时间、至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间、或终端的第一位置与小区位置之间的距离,终端的第一位置为终端确定的位置,小区位置包括至少一个小区的中心位置和/或边缘位置,至少一个小区与卫星关联。In some possible designs, the output information is: positioning information, the positioning information includes one or more of the following: the remaining coverage time of at least one cell, the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, or the first location of the terminal and the cell The distance between the positions, the first position of the terminal is the position determined by the terminal, the cell position includes the central position and/or the edge position of at least one cell, and at least one cell is associated with a satellite.

在一些可能的设计中,输入的信息为:第一指示信息。相应的,对输入的信息进行处理,包括:根据第一指示信息确定至少一个小区的覆盖剩余时间。In some possible designs, the input information is: first indication information. Correspondingly, processing the input information includes: determining the remaining coverage time of at least one cell according to the first indication information.

在一些可能的设计中,输入的信息为:第二指示信息。相应的,对输入的信息进行处理,包括:根据第二指示信息确定终端与至少一个小区的小区位置之间的距离。In some possible designs, the input information is: second indication information. Correspondingly, processing the input information includes: determining the distance between the terminal and the cell location of at least one cell according to the second indication information.

在一些可能的设计中,输入的信息为:第三指示信息。相应的,对输入的信息进行处理,包括:根据第三指示信息确定至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间。In some possible designs, the input information is: third indication information. Correspondingly, processing the input information includes: determining the continuous coverage time of at least one cell according to the third indication information.

在一些可能的设计中,输出的信息为:第一时间信息,该第一时间信息用于指示确定定位信息的时间。In some possible designs, the output information is: first time information, where the first time information is used to indicate the time when the positioning information is determined.

在一些可能的设计中,输出的信息为:第二时间信息,第二时间信息用于指示测量时长,测量时长包括开始测量第三小区的时间至停止测量第三小区的时间之间的时长。In some possible designs, the output information is: second time information, where the second time information is used to indicate the measurement duration, and the measurement duration includes the duration between the time when the measurement of the third cell is started and the time when the measurement of the third cell is stopped.

当该通信装置用于实现上述方法实施例中的网络设备的功能时:When the communication device is used to implement the functions of the network equipment in the above method embodiments:

在一些可能的设计中,输入的信息为:定位信息,该定位信息包括以下一项或多项:至少一个小区的覆盖剩余时间、至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间、或终端的第一位置与小区位置之间的距离,终端的第一位置为终端确定的位置,小区位置包括至少一个小区的中心位置和/或边缘位置,至少一个小区与卫星关联。相应的,对输入的信息进行处理,包括:根据定位信息确定终端的第二位置。In some possible designs, the input information is: positioning information, and the positioning information includes one or more of the following: the remaining coverage time of at least one cell, the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, or the first location of the terminal and the cell The distance between the positions, the first position of the terminal is the position determined by the terminal, the cell position includes the central position and/or the edge position of at least one cell, and at least one cell is associated with a satellite. Correspondingly, processing the input information includes: determining the second location of the terminal according to the positioning information.

在一些可能的设计中,输出的信息为:第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示定位信息的类型包括覆盖剩余时间。In some possible designs, the output information is: first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes remaining coverage time.

在一些可能的设计中,输出的信息为:第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示定位信息的类型包括终端与小区位置之间的距离。In some possible designs, the output information is: second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes the distance between the terminal and the location of the cell.

在一些可能的设计中,输出的信息为:第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示定位信息的类型包括持续覆盖时间。In some possible designs, the output information is: third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the type of positioning information includes continuous coverage time.

在一些可能的设计中,输入的信息为:第一时间信息,该第一时间信息用于指示确定定位信息的时间。In some possible designs, the input information is: first time information, where the first time information is used to indicate the time when the positioning information is determined.

在一些可能的设计中,输入的信息为:第二时间信息,第二时间信息用于指示测量时长,测量时长包括开始测量第三小区的时间至停止测量第三小区的时间之间的时长。In some possible designs, the input information is: second time information, the second time information is used to indicate the measurement duration, and the measurement duration includes the time between the time when the measurement of the third cell is started and the time when the measurement of the third cell is stopped.

其中,本实施例提供的通信装置可执行上述方法实施例中的方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the communication device provided in this embodiment can execute the method in the above-mentioned method embodiment, so the technical effect it can obtain can refer to the above-mentioned method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.

本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当计算机程序或指令在通信装置上运行时,使得通信装置实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。The present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where computer programs or instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer programs or instructions are run on the communication device, the communication device is enabled to implement any of the above method embodiments. Function.

本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品,当其在通信装置上运行时,使得该通信装置实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。The present application also provides a computer program product, which, when running on a communication device, enables the communication device to implement the functions of any one of the above method embodiments.

在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件程序实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式来实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或者数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可以用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带),光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。本申请实施例中,计算机可以包括前面所述的装置。In the above embodiments, all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using a software program, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or may be a data storage device including one or more servers, data centers, etc. that can be integrated with the medium. The available medium may be a magnetic medium (such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, or a magnetic tape), an optical medium (such as a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (such as a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD)), etc. In the embodiment of the present application, the computer may include the aforementioned apparatus.

尽管在此结合各实施例对本申请进行了描述,然而,在实施所要求保护的本申请过程中,本领域技术人员通过查看所述附图、公开内容、以及所附权利要求书,可理解并实现所述公开实施例的其他变化。在权利要求中,“包括”(comprising)一词不排除其他组成部分或步骤,“一”或“一个”不排除多个的情况。单个处理器或其他单元可以实现权利要求中列举的若干项功能。相互不同的从属权利要求中记载了某些措施,但这并不表示这些措施不能组合起来产生良好的效果。Although the present application has been described in conjunction with various embodiments here, however, in the process of implementing the claimed application, those skilled in the art can understand and Other variations of the disclosed embodiments are implemented. In the claims, the word "comprising" does not exclude other components or steps, and "a" or "an" does not exclude a plurality. A single processor or other unit may fulfill the functions of several items recited in the claims. The mere fact that certain measures are recited in mutually different dependent claims does not indicate that these measures cannot be combined to advantage.

尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本申请进行了描述,显而易见的,在不脱离本申请的精神和范围的情况下,可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地,本说明书和附图仅仅是所附权利要求所界定的本申请的示例性说明,且视为已覆盖本申请范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Although the application has been described in conjunction with specific features and embodiments thereof, it will be apparent that various modifications and combinations can be made thereto without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. Accordingly, the specification and drawings are merely illustrative of the application as defined by the appended claims and are deemed to cover any and all modifications, variations, combinations or equivalents within the scope of this application. Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the application without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and their equivalent technologies, the present application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (29)

一种定位方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A positioning method, characterized in that the method comprises: 确定定位信息,所述定位信息包括以下一项或多项:至少一个小区的覆盖剩余时间、至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间、或终端的第一位置与小区位置之间的距离,所述终端的第一位置为所述终端确定的位置,所述小区位置包括至少一个小区的中心位置和/或边缘位置,所述至少一个小区与卫星关联;Determine positioning information, where the positioning information includes one or more of the following: the remaining coverage time of at least one cell, the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, or the distance between the first location of the terminal and the location of the cell, the terminal's The first position is a position determined by the terminal, and the cell position includes a center position and/or an edge position of at least one cell, and the at least one cell is associated with a satellite; 向网络设备发送所述定位信息。Send the positioning information to a network device. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个小区包括第一小区;所述定位信息包括所述至少一个小区的覆盖剩余时间;所述确定定位信息,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the at least one cell includes a first cell; the positioning information includes the remaining coverage time of the at least one cell; and the determining the positioning information includes: 根据第一卫星的星历、所述第一小区的覆盖范围、以及所述终端的第一位置,确定所述第一小区的覆盖剩余时间,所述第一卫星与所述第一小区关联。Determine the remaining coverage time of the first cell according to the ephemeris of the first satellite, the coverage of the first cell, and the first position of the terminal, and the first satellite is associated with the first cell. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据第一卫星的星历、所述第一小区的覆盖范围、以及所述终端的第一位置,确定所述第一小区的覆盖剩余时间,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the remaining coverage of the first cell is determined according to the ephemeris of the first satellite, the coverage area of the first cell, and the first position of the terminal. time, including: 根据所述第一卫星的星历,确定所述第一卫星的移动方向和移动速度;determining the moving direction and moving speed of the first satellite according to the ephemeris of the first satellite; 根据所述终端的第一位置、所述第一小区的覆盖范围、以及所述第一卫星的移动方向,确定所述终端的第一位置和所述第一小区的第一边缘之间的距离,所述第一边缘为背离所述移动方向的边缘;determining a distance between the first location of the terminal and a first edge of the first cell according to the first location of the terminal, the coverage of the first cell, and the moving direction of the first satellite , the first edge is an edge away from the moving direction; 根据所述第一卫星的移动速度以及所述终端的第一位置和所述第一边缘之间的距离,确定所述第一小区的覆盖剩余时间。Determine the remaining coverage time of the first cell according to the moving speed of the first satellite and the distance between the first position of the terminal and the first edge. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2 or 3, characterized in that the method further comprises: 接收来自所述网络设备的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述定位信息的类型包括覆盖剩余时间。Receive first indication information from the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of the positioning information includes remaining coverage time. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个小区包括第二小区,所述定位信息包括所述终端的第一位置与小区位置之间的距离;所述确定定位信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein the at least one cell includes a second cell, and the positioning information includes the distance between the first location of the terminal and the location of the cell; the Identify location information, including: 根据所述第二小区的覆盖范围和所述终端的第一位置,确定所述终端的第一位置与所述第二小区的边缘位置和/或中心位置之间的距离;determining the distance between the first location of the terminal and the edge location and/or central location of the second cell according to the coverage of the second cell and the first location of the terminal; 或者,根据第二卫星的星历和所述终端的第一位置,确定所述终端的第一位置与所述第二小区的中心位置之间的距离,所述第二卫星与所述第二小区关联。Or, according to the ephemeris of the second satellite and the first position of the terminal, determine the distance between the first position of the terminal and the center position of the second cell, the second satellite and the second Community association. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,根据第二卫星的星历和所述终端的第一位置,确定所述终端的第一位置与所述第二小区的中心位置之间的距离,包括:The method according to claim 5, characterized in that, according to the ephemeris of the second satellite and the first position of the terminal, the distance between the first position of the terminal and the central position of the second cell is determined ,include: 根据所述第二卫星的星历确定所述第二卫星的位置;determining the position of the second satellite based on the ephemeris of the second satellite; 根据所述第二卫星的位置确定所述第二小区的中心位置;determining the center position of the second cell according to the position of the second satellite; 确定所述第二小区的中心位置和所述终端的第一位置之间的距离。determining the distance between the central location of the second cell and the first location of the terminal. 根据权利要求5或6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 5 or 6, wherein the method further comprises: 接收来自所述网络设备的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述定位信息的类型包括终端与小区位置之间的距离。Receive second indication information from the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the type of the positioning information includes the distance between the terminal and the location of the cell. 根据权利要求2-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 2-7, wherein the method further comprises: 向所述网络设备发送第一时间信息,所述第一时间信息用于指示确定所述定位信息的时间。Sending first time information to the network device, where the first time information is used to indicate the time when the positioning information is determined. 根据权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个小区包括第三小区;所述定位信息包括所述至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间;所述确定定位信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the at least one cell includes a third cell; the positioning information includes the continuous coverage time of the at least one cell; and the determining the positioning information includes : 测量所述第三小区,得到所述第三小区的信号质量;measuring the third cell to obtain the signal quality of the third cell; 根据所述第三小区的信号质量,确定所述第三小区的持续覆盖时间。Determine the continuous coverage time of the third cell according to the signal quality of the third cell. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9, characterized in that the method further comprises: 向所述网络设备发送第二时间信息,所述第二时间信息用于指示测量时长,所述测量时长包括开始测量所述第三小区的时间至停止测量所述第三小区的时间之间的时长。sending second time information to the network device, where the second time information is used to indicate a measurement duration, and the measurement duration includes the time between the time when the measurement of the third cell is started and the time when the measurement of the third cell is stopped duration. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定定位信息,包括:The method according to claim 9 or 10, wherein said determining positioning information comprises: 启动定时器;start the timer; 在所述定时器运行期间确定所述定位信息。The location information is determined while the timer is running. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向网络设备发送所述定位信息,包括:The method according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the sending the positioning information to the network device comprises: 在所述至少一个小区的数量大于或等于第一阈值的情况下,向所述网络设备发送所述定位信息;When the number of the at least one cell is greater than or equal to a first threshold, sending the positioning information to the network device; 或者,在所述至少一个小区的数量大于或等于第一阈值,且所述至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间大于或等于第二阈值的情况下,向所述网络设备发送所述定位信息。Or, when the number of the at least one cell is greater than or equal to a first threshold, and the continuous coverage time of the at least one cell is greater than or equal to a second threshold, sending the positioning information to the network device. 根据权利要求9-12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 9-12, wherein the method further comprises: 接收来自所述网络设备的第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述定位信息的类型包括持续覆盖时间。Receive third indication information from the network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the type of the positioning information includes continuous coverage time. 根据权利要求1-13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-13, wherein the method further comprises: 接收来自所述网络设备的第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述至少一个小区。Receive fourth indication information from the network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the at least one cell. 一种定位方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A positioning method, characterized in that the method comprises: 接收来自终端的定位信息,所述定位信息包括以下一项或多项:至少一个小区的覆盖剩余时间、至少一个小区的持续覆盖时间、或终端的第一位置与小区位置之间的距离,所述终端的第一位置为所述终端确定的位置,所述小区位置包括至少一个小区的中心位置和/或边缘位置,所述至少一个小区与卫星关联;Receive positioning information from the terminal, the positioning information includes one or more of the following: the remaining coverage time of at least one cell, the continuous coverage time of at least one cell, or the distance between the first location of the terminal and the location of the cell, the The first location of the terminal is the location determined by the terminal, and the cell location includes a central location and/or an edge location of at least one cell, and the at least one cell is associated with a satellite; 根据所述定位信息确定所述终端的第二位置。determining a second location of the terminal according to the positioning information. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个小区包括第一小区;所述定位信息包括所述第一小区的覆盖剩余时间;所述根据所述定位信息确定所述终端的第二位置,包括:The method according to claim 15, wherein the at least one cell includes a first cell; the location information includes the remaining coverage time of the first cell; and determining the location of the terminal according to the location information Secondary positions, including: 根据所述第一小区的覆盖剩余时间、第一卫星的移动方向、第一卫星的移动速度、以及所述第一小区的覆盖范围,确定所述终端的第二位置,所述第一卫星与所述第一小区关联。Determine the second position of the terminal according to the remaining coverage time of the first cell, the moving direction of the first satellite, the moving speed of the first satellite, and the coverage of the first cell, the first satellite and The first cell is associated. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 16, further comprising: 向所述终端发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述定位信息的类型包括覆盖剩余时间。Sending first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of the positioning information includes remaining coverage time. 根据权利要求15-17任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个小区包括第二小区;所述定位信息包括所述终端的第一位置与小区位置之间的距离;所述根据所述定位信息确定所述终端的第二位置,包括:The method according to any one of claims 15-17, wherein the at least one cell includes a second cell; the positioning information includes the distance between the first location of the terminal and the location of the cell; the Determining the second location of the terminal according to the positioning information includes: 根据所述第二小区的覆盖范围、以及所述终端的第一位置与所述第二小区的中心位置或边缘位置之间的距离,确定所述终端的第二位置。The second location of the terminal is determined according to the coverage area of the second cell and the distance between the first location of the terminal and the center location or edge location of the second cell. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 18, further comprising: 向所述终端发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述定位信息的类型包括终端与小区位置之间的距离。Sending second indication information to the terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the type of the positioning information includes the distance between the terminal and the location of the cell. 根据权利要求16-19任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 16-19, wherein the method further comprises: 接收来自所述终端的第一时间信息,所述第一时间信息用于指示确定所述定位信息的时间。receiving first time information from the terminal, where the first time information is used to indicate the time when the positioning information is determined. 根据权利要求15-20任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个小区包括第三小区;所述定位信息包括所述第三小区的持续覆盖时间;所述根据所述定位信息确定所述终端的第二位置,包括:The method according to any one of claims 15-20, wherein the at least one cell includes a third cell; the positioning information includes the continuous coverage time of the third cell; determining the second location of the terminal, comprising: 根据所述第三小区的持续覆盖时间、第三卫星的移动方向、第三卫星的移动速度、以及所述第三小区的覆盖范围,确定所述终端的第二位置,所述第三卫星与所述第三小区关联。Determine the second position of the terminal according to the continuous coverage time of the third cell, the moving direction of the third satellite, the moving speed of the third satellite, and the coverage of the third cell, and the third satellite and The third cell is associated. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 21, further comprising: 向所述终端发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述定位信息的类型包括持续覆盖时间。Sending third indication information to the terminal, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the type of the positioning information includes continuous coverage time. 根据权利要求21或22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 21 or 22, further comprising: 接收来自所述终端的第二时间信息,所述第二时间信息用于指示测量时长,所述测量时长包括开始测量所述第三小区的时间至停止测量所述第三小区的时间之间的时长。receiving second time information from the terminal, where the second time information is used to indicate a measurement duration, and the measurement duration includes the time between the time when the measurement of the third cell is started and the time when the measurement of the third cell is stopped duration. 根据权利要求15-23任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 15-23, wherein the method further comprises: 向所述终端发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述至少一个小区。Sending fourth indication information to the terminal, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the at least one cell. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括:至少一个处理器;A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes: at least one processor; 所述处理器,用于执行计算机程序或指令,以使所述通信装置执行权利要求1-14任一项所述的方法,或者,以使所述通信装置执行权利要求15-24任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to execute computer programs or instructions, so that the communication device executes the method described in any one of claims 1-14, or to enable the communication device to execute any one of claims 15-24 the method described. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括:逻辑电路和接口电路;A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes: a logic circuit and an interface circuit; 所述接口电路,用于输入和/或输出信息;said interface circuit for inputting and/or outputting information; 所述逻辑电路用于执行权利要求1-14任一项所述的方法,或者用于执行权利要求15-24任一项所述的方法,对所述接口电路输入的信息进行处理和/或生成所述接口电路输出的信息。The logic circuit is used to execute the method described in any one of claims 1-14, or to execute the method described in any one of claims 15-24, to process and/or process the information input by the interface circuit Information output by the interface circuit is generated. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被通信装置执行时,实现权利要求1-14任一项所述的方法,或者实现权利要求15-24任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that, computer programs or instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer programs or instructions are executed by a communication device, the computer program or instructions described in any one of claims 1-14 are realized. described method, or realize the method described in any one of claims 15-24. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序产品在通信装置上运行时,以使所述通信装置执行权利要求1-14任一项所述的方法,或者,以使所述通信装置执行权利要求15-24中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that, when the computer program product is run on a communication device, the communication device executes the method according to any one of claims 1-14, or the communication device The device performs the method of any one of claims 15-24. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,所述通信系统包括终端和网络设备;所述终端用于执行权利要求1-14任一项所述的方法,所述网络设备用于执行权利要求15-24任一项所述的方法。A communication system, characterized in that the communication system includes a terminal and a network device; the terminal is used to perform the method according to any one of claims 1-14, and the network device is used to perform the method according to claims 15-24 any one of the methods described.
PCT/CN2022/096685 2021-06-28 2022-06-01 Positioning method, apparatus and system Ceased WO2023273783A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110721308.5 2021-06-28
CN202110721308.5A CN115604812A (en) 2021-06-28 2021-06-28 Positioning method, device and system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023273783A1 true WO2023273783A1 (en) 2023-01-05

Family

ID=84692525

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/096685 Ceased WO2023273783A1 (en) 2021-06-28 2022-06-01 Positioning method, apparatus and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115604812A (en)
WO (1) WO2023273783A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024259958A1 (en) * 2023-06-19 2024-12-26 华为技术有限公司 Satellite communication method and terminal device

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN117279020A (en) * 2022-06-13 2023-12-22 华为技术有限公司 A community measurement method and related devices
CN115996402B (en) * 2023-02-01 2024-02-02 上海移远通信技术股份有限公司 Method and apparatus for wireless communication
CN120050602A (en) * 2023-11-25 2025-05-27 上海华为技术有限公司 Positioning method and communication device
WO2025166557A1 (en) * 2024-02-06 2025-08-14 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Cell determination method and apparatus

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112105959A (en) * 2018-05-16 2020-12-18 高通股份有限公司 Error mitigation in doppler-based satellite positioning system measurements
CN112640531A (en) * 2020-12-08 2021-04-09 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Cell switching method and device, communication equipment and storage medium
WO2021072722A1 (en) * 2019-10-17 2021-04-22 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and apparatus

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112105959A (en) * 2018-05-16 2020-12-18 高通股份有限公司 Error mitigation in doppler-based satellite positioning system measurements
WO2021072722A1 (en) * 2019-10-17 2021-04-22 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and apparatus
CN112640531A (en) * 2020-12-08 2021-04-09 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Cell switching method and device, communication equipment and storage medium

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ERICSSON: "Feature summary for 8.10.3.3", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-2106526, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. 20210519 - 20210523, 21 May 2021 (2021-05-21), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP052013022 *
SA3-LI: "Reply LS on UE location aspects in NTN", 3GPP DRAFT; S3I210282, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG3, no. eMeeting; 20210412 - 20210416, 16 April 2021 (2021-04-16), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051995841 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024259958A1 (en) * 2023-06-19 2024-12-26 华为技术有限公司 Satellite communication method and terminal device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115604812A (en) 2023-01-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2023273783A1 (en) Positioning method, apparatus and system
WO2022199430A1 (en) Measurement and reporting method, apparatus and system
CN113315562B (en) Communication method, device and system
CN115996402B (en) Method and apparatus for wireless communication
WO2022206313A1 (en) Wireless communication method, apparatus and system
WO2024060041A1 (en) Information processing method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium
KR20250001856A (en) Method and device for selecting SL PRS transmission resources based on sensing for SL positioning
CN114641081A (en) Wireless communication method and device
KR20230154005A (en) Switching gap setting method and device in SL RTT positioning
WO2022156519A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device
EP4385261A1 (en) Apparatus, methods for apparatus and computerprogram products for a location function including non-terestrial access point
US20250310929A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2025065625A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2025247092A1 (en) Communication method and related apparatus
WO2025059995A1 (en) Communication method, and apparatus
WO2025065540A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2025065652A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2025223238A1 (en) Communication method and related apparatus
WO2025223243A1 (en) Communication method and related apparatus
WO2025108263A1 (en) Information sending method and apparatus
WO2025252076A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2025241978A1 (en) Communication method and related apparatus
WO2025082230A1 (en) Positioning method and positioning apparatus
WO2025066511A1 (en) Communication method, communication system and communication apparatus
CN120935580A (en) Communication methods, devices and readable storage media

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22831604

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22831604

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1